TW202348756A - Protective film-forming film, composite sheet for forming protective film, method of manufacturing semiconductor device, and use of protective film-forming film having desirable storage elastic modulus for a test piece formed by multiple pieces of the protective films - Google Patents

Protective film-forming film, composite sheet for forming protective film, method of manufacturing semiconductor device, and use of protective film-forming film having desirable storage elastic modulus for a test piece formed by multiple pieces of the protective films Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW202348756A
TW202348756A TW112108392A TW112108392A TW202348756A TW 202348756 A TW202348756 A TW 202348756A TW 112108392 A TW112108392 A TW 112108392A TW 112108392 A TW112108392 A TW 112108392A TW 202348756 A TW202348756 A TW 202348756A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
protective film
film
forming
semiconductor wafer
forming film
Prior art date
Application number
TW112108392A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
堂下美紗季
山本大輔
小升雄一朗
Original Assignee
日商琳得科股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商琳得科股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商琳得科股份有限公司
Publication of TW202348756A publication Critical patent/TW202348756A/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L21/00Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/02Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/04Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having potential barriers, e.g. a PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer
    • H01L21/50Assembly of semiconductor devices using processes or apparatus not provided for in a single one of the subgroups H01L21/06 - H01L21/326, e.g. sealing of a cap to a base of a container
    • H01L21/56Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulation layers, coatings
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L23/00Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
    • H01L23/28Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulating layers, coatings, e.g. for protection
    • H01L23/29Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulating layers, coatings, e.g. for protection characterised by the material, e.g. carbon
    • H01L23/293Organic, e.g. plastic
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/06Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material
    • B32B27/08Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material of synthetic resin
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J5/00Manufacture of articles or shaped materials containing macromolecular substances
    • C08J5/18Manufacture of films or sheets
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L21/00Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/70Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components formed in or on a common substrate or of parts thereof; Manufacture of integrated circuit devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/77Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components or integrated circuits formed in, or on, a common substrate
    • H01L21/78Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components or integrated circuits formed in, or on, a common substrate with subsequent division of the substrate into plural individual devices
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L23/00Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L23/00Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
    • H01L23/28Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulating layers, coatings, e.g. for protection
    • H01L23/29Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulating layers, coatings, e.g. for protection characterised by the material, e.g. carbon
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L23/00Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
    • H01L23/28Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulating layers, coatings, e.g. for protection
    • H01L23/31Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulating layers, coatings, e.g. for protection characterised by the arrangement or shape
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L23/00Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
    • H01L23/562Protection against mechanical damage
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L24/00Arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies; Methods or apparatus related thereto
    • H01L24/01Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L24/26Layer connectors, e.g. plate connectors, solder or adhesive layers; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J2333/00Characterised by the use of homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical, or of salts, anhydrides, esters, amides, imides, or nitriles thereof; Derivatives of such polymers
    • C08J2333/04Characterised by the use of homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical, or of salts, anhydrides, esters, amides, imides, or nitriles thereof; Derivatives of such polymers esters
    • C08J2333/06Characterised by the use of homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical, or of salts, anhydrides, esters, amides, imides, or nitriles thereof; Derivatives of such polymers esters of esters containing only carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen, the oxygen atom being present only as part of the carboxyl radical
    • C08J2333/08Homopolymers or copolymers of acrylic acid esters
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J2463/00Characterised by the use of epoxy resins; Derivatives of epoxy resins
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K3/00Use of inorganic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K3/34Silicon-containing compounds
    • C08K3/36Silica
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K7/00Use of ingredients characterised by shape
    • C08K7/16Solid spheres
    • C08K7/18Solid spheres inorganic
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K9/00Use of pretreated ingredients

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Dicing (AREA)
  • Adhesive Tapes (AREA)
  • Adhesives Or Adhesive Processes (AREA)
  • Laminated Bodies (AREA)
  • Structures Or Materials For Encapsulating Or Coating Semiconductor Devices Or Solid State Devices (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides a protective film-forming film, which is a thermosetting protective film-forming film, wherein a first test piece with a width of 4 mm, which is a laminate of a plurality of the protective film-forming films, has a storage elastic modulus E' measured at a temperature range of 23 DEG C to 70 DEG C, the minimum value E'(1) being 45 MPa or less, and the maximum value E'(2) being 200 MPa or more. For a cured product obtained by thermally curing the laminate formed by multiple pieces of the protective films as a second test piece with a width of 5 mm, when the storage elastic modulus E is measured under the same conditions, the minimum value E'(3) is 500 MPa or more.

Description

保護膜形成膜、保護膜形成用複合片、半導體裝置之製造方法、以及保護膜形成膜之使用Protective film forming film, protective film forming composite sheet, manufacturing method of semiconductor device, and use of protective film forming film

本發明係關於一種保護膜形成膜、一種保護膜形成用複合片、一種半導體裝置之製造方法、以及一種保護膜形成膜之使用。 本案基於在日本於2022年3月30日提出申請之特願2022-055423號主張優先權,並在此援用其內容。 The present invention relates to a protective film-forming film, a protective film-forming composite sheet, a manufacturing method of a semiconductor device, and the use of a protective film-forming film. This case claims priority based on Special Application No. 2022-055423 filed in Japan on March 30, 2022, and the content is quoted here.

有些半導體晶圓係於其中一面 (電路面)上形成有電路,進而在該面(電路面)上具有凸塊等突狀電極。這種半導體晶圓係經分割而成為半導體晶片,且藉由將其突狀電極連接於電路基板上之連接墊,而被搭載於前述電路基板。 於這種半導體晶圓、半導體晶片中,為了抑制發生裂痕等破損,有時利用保護膜來保護與電路面相反側之面(內面)。 Some semiconductor wafers have circuits formed on one side (circuit side) and have protruding electrodes such as bumps on this side (circuit side). This semiconductor wafer is divided into semiconductor wafers, and is mounted on the circuit board by connecting its protruding electrodes to connection pads on the circuit board. In such semiconductor wafers and semiconductor wafers, in order to prevent damage such as cracks from occurring, a protective film may be used to protect the surface opposite to the circuit surface (inner surface).

為了形成這種保護膜,於半導體晶圓之內面,貼附用以形成保護膜之保護膜形成膜。保護膜形成膜有時係被積層於用以支撐保護膜形成膜之支撐片上,以保護膜形成用複合片之狀態被使用,亦有時未經於支撐片上積層而被使用。接著,通常於內面具備保護膜形成膜之半導體晶圓(附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶圓)經後續各種步驟而被加工成於內面具備保護膜之半導體晶片(附有保護膜之半導體晶片)。這種附有保護膜之半導體晶片係經拾取後被搭載於基板之電路面而構成半導體裝置。保護膜形成膜係例如藉由硬化而形成保護膜。In order to form such a protective film, a protective film-forming film for forming a protective film is attached to the inner surface of the semiconductor wafer. The protective film-forming film may be laminated on a support sheet for supporting the protective film-forming film and may be used in the form of a protective film-forming composite sheet, or may be used without being laminated on the support sheet. Next, the semiconductor wafer usually having a protective film-forming film on its inner surface (a semiconductor wafer with a protective film-forming film) is processed through various subsequent steps into a semiconductor wafer having a protective film on its inner surface (a semiconductor wafer with a protective film). semiconductor wafer). This semiconductor wafer with a protective film is picked up and mounted on the circuit surface of the substrate to form a semiconductor device. The protective film-forming film system forms a protective film by curing, for example.

另一方面,保護膜形成膜有時使用方式為:直至將半導體晶片搭載於基板之電路面為止並不形成保護膜,而是將半導體晶片搭載於基板之電路面後,才藉由硬化而形成保護膜。於此情形下,於將半導體晶片搭載於基板之電路面為止之間係處於半導體晶圓或半導體晶片之內面貼附有比保護膜柔軟的保護膜形成膜之狀態,有時會有此所致的問題。On the other hand, the protective film-forming film is sometimes used in such a way that the protective film is not formed until the semiconductor wafer is mounted on the circuit surface of the substrate, but is formed by curing after the semiconductor wafer is mounted on the circuit surface of the substrate. Protective film. In this case, until the semiconductor wafer is mounted on the circuit surface of the substrate, the semiconductor wafer or the inner surface of the semiconductor wafer is in a state where a protective film-forming film that is softer than the protective film is attached. This may sometimes occur. cause problems.

例如,對於由具有半導體晶圓、以及設於前述半導體晶圓之內面的保護膜形成膜而成之附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶片進行拾取時,附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶片有時會自保護膜形成膜側端隔著切割片等片材以銷頂起。此時,有時於保護膜形成膜殘留銷之頂起痕,而損及保護膜形成膜之外觀。 例如,於附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶圓中之保護膜形成膜中的與半導體晶圓側為相反側之面,有時藉由照射雷射光而進行雷射印字。於此情形時,若使已有印字的保護膜形成膜硬化,有時會導致印字變得不清晰或消失。 For example, when picking up a semiconductor wafer with a protective film-forming film that has a semiconductor wafer and a protective film-forming film provided on the inner surface of the semiconductor wafer, the semiconductor wafer with the protective film-forming film has When the protective film is formed, the side end of the film will be pushed up with a pin through a cutting sheet or other sheet. At this time, the protruding mark of the pin may remain on the protective film forming film, thereby damaging the appearance of the protective film forming film. For example, in a semiconductor wafer with a protective film forming film, laser printing may be performed by irradiating a surface of the protective film forming film opposite to the semiconductor wafer side in some cases. In this case, if the printed protective film is hardened, the printing may become unclear or disappear.

因此,渴望解決該等問題,但為此,保護膜形成膜必須具有能良好貼附於半導體晶圓之貼附性、能夠形成保護性能高的保護膜之保護適性。Therefore, there is a desire to solve these problems, but for this purpose, the protective film-forming film must have good adhesion properties to the semiconductor wafer and protective suitability to form a protective film with high protective performance.

對此,公開了一種包含於未硬化之保護膜形成膜進行雷射印字之步驟的半導體裝置之製造方法、以及於此半導體裝置之製造方法所使用的保護膜形成膜 (參見專利文獻1至專利文獻2)。 [先前技術文獻] [專利文獻] In this regard, a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device including a step of performing laser printing on an uncured protective film-forming film, and a protective film-forming film used in this method of manufacturing a semiconductor device are disclosed (see Patent Document 1 to Patent Document 1). Document 2). [Prior technical literature] [Patent Document]

[專利文獻1]日本特開2018-81953號公報。 [專利文獻2]日本特開2013-149737號公報。 [Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2018-81953. [Patent Document 2] Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-149737.

[發明所欲解決之課題][Problem to be solved by the invention]

然而,無法確定專利文獻1至專利文獻2所揭示之保護膜形成膜,是否解決所有前述課題,亦即,可否形成一種保護膜,係能夠抑制殘留銷之頂起痕跡,且於保護膜之狀態下能夠以清晰的方式保持藉由雷射光照射所產生之印字,且對於半導體晶圓之貼附性良好,並且保護性能高。However, it is not certain whether the protective film-forming films disclosed in Patent Documents 1 to 2 can solve all the above-mentioned problems, that is, whether they can form a protective film that can suppress the lifting traces of the remaining pins and maintain the state of the protective film. It can clearly maintain the printing produced by laser light irradiation, has good adhesion to semiconductor wafers, and has high protection performance.

本發明之一目的在於提供一種用以於半導體晶片之內面形成保護膜之熱硬化性保護膜形成膜,係即使於以保護膜形成膜設於半導體晶片之內面之附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶片之狀態下,直至搭載於基板之電路面為止,以維持未硬化之狀態處理之情形時,當以銷頂起附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶片而進行拾取時,能夠抑制於保護膜形成膜有銷頂起之痕跡殘留;當於保護膜形成膜進行雷射印字,接著藉由熱硬化而形成保護膜時,能夠形成一種印字被清晰保持、且對半導體晶圓之貼附性良好、並且保護性能高之保護膜。 另外,本發明之另一目的在於提供一種具備前述保護膜形成膜之保護膜形成用複合片,並提供一種使用前述保護膜形成膜或保護膜形成用複合片之半導體裝置之製造方法。 [用以解決課題之手段] An object of the present invention is to provide a thermosetting protective film-forming film for forming a protective film on the inner surface of a semiconductor wafer, that is, a protective film-forming film provided on the inner surface of a semiconductor wafer with a protective film-forming film When the semiconductor wafer is handled in an unhardened state until it is mounted on the circuit surface of the substrate, when the semiconductor wafer with the protective film-forming film is picked up with a pin, protection can be suppressed. The film-forming film has traces of pin lifting remaining; when the protective film-forming film is laser printed and then thermally hardened to form a protective film, it is possible to form a state where the printing is clearly maintained and the adhesion to the semiconductor wafer is achieved A good protective film with high protective performance. Another object of the present invention is to provide a protective film-forming composite sheet including the protective film-forming film, and to provide a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device using the protective film-forming film or the protective film-forming composite sheet. [Means used to solve problems]

為解決前述課題,本發明採用如下構成。 [1]. 一種保護膜形成膜,係熱硬化性,將作為複數片前述保護膜形成膜之積層物且寬度為4mm之第一試驗片隔著20mm之間隔以兩處來保持,並以拉伸模式於頻率為11Hz、升溫速度為3°C/min之等速升溫之條件下,一邊使前述第一試驗片自−20°C升溫至150°C,一邊對前述第一試驗片之儲存彈性模數E’進行測定時,於23°C至70°C之溫度範圍中的前述儲存彈性模數E’之最小值E’(1)為45MPa以下,且於23°C至70°C之溫度範圍中的前述儲存彈性模數E’之最大值E’(2)為200MPa以上;並且,將複數片前述保護膜形成膜之積層物經熱硬化所得之硬化物且寬度為5mm之第二試驗片隔著20mm之間隔以兩處來保持,並以拉伸模式於頻率11Hz、升溫速度3°C/min之等速升溫之條件下,一邊使前述第二試驗片自−60°C升溫至350°C,一邊對前述第二試驗片之儲存彈性模數E’進行測定時,於23°C至70°C之溫度範圍中的前述儲存彈性模數E’之最小值E’(3)為500MPa以上。 [2]. 如[1]所記載之保護膜形成膜,其中前述保護膜形成膜含有硬化促進劑(C)。 [3]. 如[1]或[2]所記載之保護膜形成膜,其中前述保護膜形成膜為單層。 [4]. 一種保護膜形成用複合片,具備支撐片;以及保護膜形成膜,係設於前述支撐片之一面上;其中前述保護膜形成膜為如[1]至[3]中任一項所記載之保護膜形成膜。 In order to solve the aforementioned problems, the present invention adopts the following configuration. [1]. A protective film-forming film that is thermosetting, and a first test piece with a width of 4 mm, which is a laminate of a plurality of the aforementioned protective film-forming films, is held at two places with an interval of 20 mm, and is stretched In the stretching mode, under the conditions of constant temperature rise with a frequency of 11Hz and a heating rate of 3°C/min, the first test piece is heated from −20°C to 150°C while the first test piece is stored. When the elastic modulus E' is measured, the minimum value E'(1) of the aforementioned storage elastic modulus E' in the temperature range of 23°C to 70°C is 45MPa or less, and in the temperature range of 23°C to 70°C The maximum value E'(2) of the storage elastic modulus E' in the temperature range is 200 MPa or more; and a cured product obtained by thermally curing a plurality of laminates of the protective film-forming film and having a width of 5 mm The two test pieces are held in two places with a distance of 20mm apart, and the second test piece is heated from −60°C in the tensile mode at a constant temperature with a frequency of 11Hz and a heating rate of 3°C/min. When the temperature is raised to 350°C and the storage elastic modulus E' of the second test piece is measured, the minimum value E' of the storage elastic modulus E' in the temperature range of 23°C to 70°C ( 3) is above 500MPa. [2]. The protective film-forming film according to [1], wherein the protective film-forming film contains a hardening accelerator (C). [3]. The protective film-forming film according to [1] or [2], wherein the protective film-forming film is a single layer. [4]. A composite sheet for forming a protective film, including a support sheet; and a protective film-forming film disposed on one surface of the support sheet; wherein the protective film-forming film is any one of [1] to [3] The protective film forming film described in this item.

[5]. 一種半導體裝置之製造方法,前述製造方法具有:貼附步驟,係將如[1]至[3]中任一項所記載之保護膜形成膜中的一面或者如[4]所記載之保護膜形成用複合片中的保護膜形成膜的露出面貼附於半導體晶圓之內面;印字步驟,係於前述貼附步驟後,當使用前述保護膜形成用複合片之情形時,對前述保護膜形成用複合片中的前述保護膜形成膜中位於前述支撐片側之面進行雷射印字,當使用未構成前述保護膜形成用複合片之前述保護膜形成膜之情形時,對前述保護膜形成膜中的另一面進行雷射印字;加工步驟,係於前述印字步驟後,當使用前述保護膜形成用複合片之情形時,於前述保護膜形成用複合片中的前述支撐片上,將前述半導體晶圓分割成半導體晶片,並沿著前述半導體晶圓之分割處切斷前述保護膜形成膜,當使用未構成前述保護膜形成用複合片之前述保護膜形成膜之情形時,將切割片貼附於前述保護膜形成膜中的另一面後,於前述切割片上將前述半導體晶圓分割成半導體晶片,並沿著前述半導體晶圓之分割處,切斷前述保護膜形成膜,以製造附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶片,具備前述半導體晶片以及設置於前述半導體晶片之內面的經切斷後之前述保護膜形成膜;拾取步驟,係於前述加工步驟後,將前述附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶片自前述切割片或支撐片扯離而拾取;接合步驟,係於前述拾取步驟後,藉由將經拾取之前述附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶片中的突狀電極覆晶接合於基板之電路面,而使前述附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶片接合於前述電路面;以及熱硬化步驟,係於前述接合步驟後,藉由使前述附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶片中的前述保護膜形成膜熱硬化而形成保護膜。 [6].一種保護膜形成膜之使用,係用以貼附於半導體晶圓中與電路面為相反側之內面,而於經分割前述半導體晶圓所獲得之半導體晶片之內面形成保護膜;前述保護膜形成膜為[1]至[3]中任一項所記載之保護膜形成膜。 [發明功效] [5]. A method of manufacturing a semiconductor device, the manufacturing method having the following steps: attaching a protective film as described in any one of [1] to [3] to form one side of the film or as described in [4] The exposed surface of the protective film-forming film in the composite sheet for protective film formation is attached to the inner surface of the semiconductor wafer; the printing step is after the aforementioned attaching step, when the aforementioned composite sheet for protective film formation is used , perform laser printing on the surface of the protective film-forming film on the side of the supporting sheet in the protective film-forming composite sheet, and when using the protective film-forming film that does not constitute the protective film-forming composite sheet, The other side of the protective film forming film is subjected to laser printing; the processing step is after the printing step, when the composite sheet for forming a protective film is used, on the supporting sheet in the composite sheet for forming a protective film , the aforementioned semiconductor wafer is divided into semiconductor wafers, and the aforementioned protective film forming film is cut along the divisions of the aforementioned semiconductor wafer, and when the aforementioned protective film forming film is used without forming the aforementioned protective film forming composite sheet, After attaching a dicing piece to the other side of the protective film-forming film, the semiconductor wafer is divided into semiconductor wafers on the dicing piece, and the protective film-forming film is cut along the division points of the semiconductor wafer. To manufacture a semiconductor wafer with a protective film-forming film, it is provided with the aforementioned semiconductor wafer and the cut-off aforementioned protective film-forming film provided on the inner surface of the aforementioned semiconductor wafer; the picking-up step is to pick up the aforementioned protective film-forming film after the aforementioned processing step. The semiconductor wafer with the protective film forming film is pulled away from the aforementioned cutting piece or the supporting piece and picked up; the bonding step is after the aforementioned picking up step, by removing the protruding electrodes in the aforementioned semiconductor wafer with the protective film forming film that has been picked up Flip-chip bonding to the circuit surface of the substrate, so that the semiconductor chip with the protective film-forming film is bonded to the circuit surface; and the thermal hardening step is after the aforementioned bonding step, by making the aforementioned protective film-forming film The protective film-forming film in the semiconductor wafer is thermally cured to form a protective film. [6]. The use of a protective film-forming film that is attached to the inner surface of a semiconductor wafer on the opposite side to the circuit surface to form protection on the inner surface of the semiconductor wafer obtained by dividing the aforementioned semiconductor wafer. Film; the aforementioned protective film-forming film is the protective film-forming film described in any one of [1] to [3]. [Invention effect]

根據本發明,能夠提供一種用以於半導體晶片之內面形成保護膜之熱硬化性保護膜形成膜,係即使於以保護膜形成膜設於半導體晶片之內面之附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶片之狀態下,直至搭載於基板之電路面為止,以維持未硬化之狀態處理之情形時,於以銷頂起附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶片而進行拾取時,能夠抑制於保護膜形成膜有銷頂起之痕跡殘留,且當對保護膜形成膜進行雷射印字繼而藉由熱硬化而形成保護膜時能夠形成一種以清晰的方式保持印字、且對半導體晶圓之貼附性良好、並且保護性能高之保護膜。 另外,根據本發明,能夠提供一種具備前述保護膜形成膜之保護膜形成用複合片,並能夠提供一種半導體裝置之製造方法,其使用前述保護膜形成膜或保護膜形成用複合片。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a thermosetting protective film-forming film for forming a protective film on the inner surface of a semiconductor wafer, which is a thermosetting protective film-forming film provided on the inner surface of a semiconductor wafer. When the semiconductor wafer is handled in an uncured state until it is mounted on the circuit surface of the substrate, when the semiconductor wafer with the protective film-forming film attached is lifted up with a pin and picked up, the protective film can be suppressed. The formed film has traces of pin lifting remaining, and when the protective film forming film is laser printed and then thermally hardened to form a protective film, it can maintain the printing in a clear manner and have good adhesion to the semiconductor wafer. A good protective film with high protective performance. Furthermore, according to the present invention, it is possible to provide a protective film-forming composite sheet including the protective film-forming film, and to provide a semiconductor device manufacturing method using the protective film-forming film or the protective film-forming composite sheet.

◇保護膜形成膜 根據本發明之一實施形態的保護膜形成膜係熱硬化性之保護膜形成膜,將作為複數片前述保護膜形成膜之積層物且寬度為4mm之第一試驗片隔著20mm之間隔以兩處來保持,並以拉伸模式於頻率為11Hz、升溫速度為3°C/min之等速升溫之條件下,一邊使前述第一試驗片自−20°C升溫至150°C,一邊對前述第一試驗片之儲存彈性模數E’進行時,前述儲存彈性模數E’之最小值E’(1)(本說明書中,有時簡稱「E’(1)」)為45MPa以下,前述儲存彈性模數E’之最大值E’(2)(本說明書中,有時簡稱「E’(2)」)為200MPa以上;將複數片前述保護膜形成膜之積層物經熱硬化所得之硬化物且寬度為5mm之第二試驗片隔著20mm之間隔以兩處來保持,並以拉伸模式於頻率為11Hz、升溫速度為3°C/min之等速升溫之條件下,一邊使前述第二試驗片自−60°C升溫至350°C,一邊對前述第二試驗片之儲存彈性模數E’進行測定時,前述儲存彈性模數E’之最小值E’(3)(本說明書中,有時簡稱「E’(3)」)為500MPa以上。 本實施形態之保護膜形成膜,例如後述般,藉由與支撐片進行積層而能構成保護膜形成用複合片。 ◇Protective film forming film According to one embodiment of the present invention, the protective film-forming film is a thermosetting protective film-forming film. A first test piece with a width of 4 mm, which is a laminate of a plurality of the protective film-forming films, is separated by two 20 mm intervals. The first test piece was heated from −20°C to 150°C in the tensile mode at a constant rate of temperature rise with a frequency of 11 Hz and a heating rate of 3°C/min. When the storage elastic modulus E' of the first test piece is measured, the minimum value E'(1) (sometimes referred to as "E'(1)" in this specification) of the storage elastic modulus E' is 45 MPa or less, The maximum value E'(2) of the aforementioned storage elastic modulus E' (sometimes referred to as "E'(2)" in this specification) is 200 MPa or more; obtained by thermally hardening a laminate of a plurality of the aforementioned protective film-forming films. The hardened material and the second test piece with a width of 5mm were held in two places with an interval of 20mm, and under the conditions of constant temperature rise with a frequency of 11Hz and a heating rate of 3°C/min in the tensile mode, one side was When the storage elastic modulus E' of the second test piece is measured while the temperature of the second test piece is raised from −60°C to 350°C, the minimum value E' of the storage elastic modulus E'(3) (In this specification, it may be abbreviated as "E'(3)") is 500MPa or more. The protective film-forming film of this embodiment can be laminated with a support sheet to form a protective film-forming composite sheet, as will be described later, for example.

藉由使用本實施形態之保護膜形成膜、或者具備此保護膜形成膜之保護膜形成用複合片,而能夠製造一種由具備半導體晶片、以及設於前述半導體晶片之內面的保護膜形成膜而成之附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶片。另外,利用附有前述保護膜形成膜之半導體晶片而能夠製造一種由具備半導體晶片、以及設於前述半導體晶片之內面的保護膜而成之附有保護膜之半導體晶片。另外,藉由使用附有保護膜之半導體晶片,而能製造半導體裝置。By using the protective film-forming film of this embodiment or the protective film-forming composite sheet provided with the protective film-forming film, it is possible to produce a protective film-forming film including a semiconductor wafer and a protective film-forming film provided on the inner surface of the semiconductor wafer. A semiconductor wafer with a protective film forming film is formed. In addition, a semiconductor wafer with a protective film provided with a semiconductor wafer and a protective film provided on an inner surface of the semiconductor wafer can be manufactured by using the semiconductor wafer provided with the protective film-forming film. In addition, a semiconductor device can be manufactured by using a semiconductor wafer with a protective film.

關於本實施形態之保護膜形成膜,作為半導體裝置之製造方法,適於應用於一種製造方法,係直至將前述附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶片覆晶連接於基板之電路面為止,不使保護膜形成膜熱硬化 (換言之,未形成保護膜),而於覆晶連接後之迴銲步驟中才進行熱硬化(形成保護膜)。The protective film-forming film of this embodiment is suitable for use as a manufacturing method of a semiconductor device. It is not used until the semiconductor wafer with the protective film-forming film is flip-chip connected to the circuit surface of the substrate. The protective film forming film is thermally hardened (in other words, the protective film is not formed), and thermal hardening (protective film formation) is performed only in the reflow step after flip-chip connection.

於半導體晶圓之一面上形成有電路,於本說明書中,將半導體晶圓中如此形成有電路之側的面稱作「電路面」。並且,將半導體晶圓中與電路面相反側之面稱作「內面」。 半導體晶圓係藉由切割等手段而分割並成為半導體晶片。本說明書中,與半導體晶圓之情形相同,將半導體晶片中形成有電路之側的面稱作「電路面」,將半導體晶片中與電路面相反側之面稱作「內面」。 於半導體晶圓之電路面及半導體晶片之電路面,較佳為皆設有凸塊、支柱等之突狀電極。突狀電極較佳為藉由焊錫所構成。 A circuit is formed on one surface of the semiconductor wafer. In this specification, the surface of the semiconductor wafer on which the circuit is formed is called a "circuit surface". In addition, the surface of the semiconductor wafer opposite to the circuit surface is called the "inner surface". The semiconductor wafer is divided into semiconductor wafers by means such as dicing. In this specification, as in the case of a semiconductor wafer, the surface of the semiconductor wafer on which the circuit is formed is called the "circuit surface" and the surface of the semiconductor wafer opposite to the circuit surface is called the "inner surface". It is preferable that the circuit surface of the semiconductor wafer and the circuit surface of the semiconductor chip are both provided with protruding electrodes such as bumps and pillars. The protruding electrode is preferably made of solder.

另外,藉由使用前述附有保護膜之半導體晶片,而能製造半導體裝置。 本說明書中,作為「半導體裝置」,可舉例:藉由附有保護膜之半導體晶片於半導體晶片之電路面上的突狀電極中,覆晶連接於電路基板上之連接墊而構成之半導體裝置。 In addition, a semiconductor device can be manufactured by using the aforementioned semiconductor wafer with a protective film. In this specification, an example of a "semiconductor device" is a semiconductor device formed by placing a semiconductor wafer with a protective film on the protruding electrodes on the circuit surface of the semiconductor wafer and flip-chip connecting it to the connection pads on the circuit substrate. .

本實施形態之保護膜形成膜具有熱硬化性,且利用其熱硬化來用作保護膜。The protective film-forming film of this embodiment has thermosetting properties, and is used as a protective film by utilizing its thermosetting properties.

藉由將常溫之保護膜形成膜加熱至超過常溫之溫度,繼而冷卻至常溫,而作為加熱 /冷卻後之保護膜形成膜,於相同的溫度下,對加熱/冷卻後之保護膜形成膜之硬度與加熱前保護膜形成膜之硬度進行比較時,於加熱/冷卻後之保護膜形成膜相對較硬之情形時,此保護膜形成膜為熱硬化性。By heating the normal-temperature protective film to a temperature exceeding normal temperature and then cooling it to normal temperature, the heated/cooled protective film is formed as a protective film at the same temperature. When comparing the hardness with the hardness of the protective film-forming film before heating, when the protective film-forming film after heating/cooling is relatively hard, the protective film-forming film is thermosetting.

本實施形態之保護膜形成膜可由一層(單層)所構成,亦可由兩層以上之多層所構成。於保護膜形成膜由多層所構成之情形時,這些多層相互可相同亦可不同,這些多層的組合並無特別限定。The protective film-forming film of this embodiment may be composed of one layer (single layer), or may be composed of two or more layers. When the protective film-forming film is composed of multiple layers, these multiple layers may be the same as or different from each other, and the combination of these multiple layers is not particularly limited.

本說明書中,並不限於保護膜形成膜之情形,所謂「多層相互可相同亦可不同」,意指「可所有層相同,亦可所有層皆不同,還可僅一部分層相同」,進而,所謂「多層相互不同」,意指「各層的構成材料及厚度的至少一者相互不同」。In this specification, it is not limited to the case where a protective film is formed into a film. The so-called "multiple layers may be the same or different from each other" means "all the layers may be the same, all the layers may be different, or only some of the layers may be the same", and further, The term "multiple layers are different from each other" means that "at least one of the constituent materials and thickness of each layer is different from each other."

其中,本實施形態之保護膜形成膜較佳為一層(單層)。藉由保護膜形成膜為一層,於回銲步驟中,能夠高度抑制保護膜形成膜或保護膜自其相鄰之層剝離。另外,與複數片之保護膜形成膜不同,一層保護膜形成膜於其保管時,層與層之間不會發生含有成分轉移,因此保管穩定性更高。並且,一層保護膜形成膜能夠更容易製造。Among them, the protective film-forming film of this embodiment is preferably one layer (single layer). By forming the protective film as one layer, it is possible to highly suppress the protective film or the protective film from being peeled off from its adjacent layer during the reflow step. In addition, unlike multiple sheets of protective film-forming films, when one layer of protective film-forming film is stored, the components contained therein do not transfer between layers, so the storage stability is higher. Also, a protective film-forming film can be manufactured more easily.

<<E’(1)>> 硬化前(未硬化)之前述保護膜形成膜所涉及的前述儲存彈性模數E’之測定係藉由對複數片前述保護膜形成膜進行積層後切出,而製造寬度4mm之積層物,並且將此積層物用作第一試驗片。更具體而言,將前述第一試驗片隔著20mm之間隔以兩處來保持,於此狀態下,一邊以升溫速度3°C/min使第一試驗片自−20°C等速升溫至150°C,一邊於頻率11Hz之條件下,對第一試驗片之儲存彈性模數E’進行測定。 將第一試驗片隔著20mm之間隔以兩處來保持意指第一試驗片之儲存彈性模數E’之測定對象部分之長度為20mm。 <<E’(1)> The storage elastic modulus E' of the protective film-forming film before curing (unhardened) was measured by laminating and cutting out a plurality of pieces of the protective film-forming film to produce a laminated product with a width of 4 mm, and This laminate was used as a first test piece. More specifically, the first test piece was held in two places with an interval of 20 mm. In this state, the first test piece was heated at a constant speed from −20°C to Measure the storage elastic modulus E' of the first test piece at 150°C and a frequency of 11Hz. Holding the first test piece at two locations with an interval of 20 mm means that the length of the portion to be measured for the storage elastic modulus E' of the first test piece is 20 mm.

將第一試驗片於前述兩處之保持,例如可藉由公知之夾具等夾持手段進行。The first test piece can be held at the above two places by, for example, a known clamp or other clamping means.

第一試驗片(前述積層物)之厚度,只要不礙於實施前述試驗,且不損及前述儲存彈性模數E’之測定精準度,則無特別限定。 通常,第一試驗片之厚度較佳為190μm至210μm,更佳為195μm至205μm,尤佳為200μm。 The thickness of the first test piece (the aforementioned laminated material) is not particularly limited as long as it does not hinder the implementation of the aforementioned test and does not impair the measurement accuracy of the aforementioned storage elastic modulus E’. Generally, the thickness of the first test piece is preferably 190 μm to 210 μm, more preferably 195 μm to 205 μm, and particularly preferably 200 μm.

構成第一試驗片之保護膜形成膜之片數,只要為兩片以上,則無特別限定,依各保護膜形成膜之厚度可任意選擇。 例如,藉由使用厚度40μm之五片保護膜形成膜,而能製造厚度200μm之第一試驗片。另外,藉由使用厚度25μm之八片保護膜形成膜,而能製造厚度200μm之第一試驗片。然而,該等僅為一例,所使用的保護膜形成膜之片數及厚度並不以此為限定。 The number of protective film-forming films constituting the first test piece is not particularly limited as long as it is two or more, and can be selected arbitrarily according to the thickness of each protective film-forming film. For example, by forming a film using five protective films with a thickness of 40 μm, a first test piece with a thickness of 200 μm can be produced. In addition, by using eight protective films with a thickness of 25 μm to form a film, a first test piece with a thickness of 200 μm can be produced. However, these are only examples, and the number and thickness of the protective film-forming films used are not limited thereto.

於本實施形態中,於23°C至70°C之溫度範圍中的第一試驗片之儲存彈性模數E’之最小值E’(1)為45MPa以下。如此,藉由保護膜形成膜於23°C至70°C之溫度下具有一定以上之柔軟度,而使保護膜形成膜對半導體晶圓之貼附性變得良好。E’(1)例如亦可為40MPa以下、30MPa以下、及15MPa以下之任一值。E’(1)越小,越提高保護膜形成膜對半導體晶圓之貼附性。 E’(1)之下限值則無特別限定。例如,由容易獲得保護膜形成膜之觀點,E’(1)亦可為0.01MPa以上。 於一實施形態中,E’(1)亦可為例如0.01MPa至45MPa、0.01 MPa至40MPa、0.01 MPa至30MPa、以及0.01 MPa至15MPa中任一值。然而,該等僅為E’(1)之一例。 In this embodiment, the minimum value E'(1) of the storage elastic modulus E' of the first test piece in the temperature range of 23°C to 70°C is 45 MPa or less. In this way, since the protective film-forming film has a softness above a certain level at a temperature of 23°C to 70°C, the adhesion of the protective film-forming film to the semiconductor wafer becomes good. E'(1) may be, for example, any value of 40 MPa or less, 30 MPa or less, or 15 MPa or less. The smaller E'(1) is, the better the adhesion of the protective film forming film to the semiconductor wafer is. The lower limit of E’(1) is not particularly limited. For example, from the viewpoint of easily obtaining a protective film-forming film, E'(1) may be 0.01 MPa or more. In an embodiment, E'(1) may also be any value from 0.01 MPa to 45 MPa, 0.01 MPa to 40 MPa, 0.01 MPa to 30 MPa, and 0.01 MPa to 15 MPa. However, these are only examples of E’(1).

E’(1),通常為於第一試驗片之溫度為70°C時之第一試驗片儲存彈性模數E’,70°C左右之溫度(例如,65°C至75°C)適於作為將保護膜形成膜貼附於半導體晶圓時之保護膜形成膜的加熱溫度(保護膜形成膜之貼附溫度)。E'(1), usually the storage elastic modulus E' of the first test piece when the temperature of the first test piece is 70°C, is suitable for temperatures around 70°C (for example, 65°C to 75°C). This is the heating temperature of the protective film forming film when attaching the protective film forming film to the semiconductor wafer (attaching temperature of the protective film forming film).

<<E’(2)>> 於本實施形態中,第一試驗片於23°C至70°C之溫度範圍內的儲存彈性模數E’之最大值E’(2)為200MPa以上。如此般,藉由保護膜形成膜於23°C至70°C之溫度具有一定以上之硬度,而如後述,當於半導體裝置之製程中,以銷頂起附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶片而進行拾取時,能夠抑制於保護膜形成膜上殘留銷之頂起痕。再者,當對保護膜形成膜進行雷射印字,繼而藉由熱硬化而形成保護膜時,於保護膜上能夠以清晰的方式保留印字。E’(2)例如亦可為250MPa以上、350MPa以上、以及450MPa以上之任一種。E’(2)越大,前述抑制於保護膜形成膜上殘留銷的頂起痕的功效及於保護膜上以清晰的方式保留印字的功效越高。 E’(2)之上限值則無特別限定。例如,由容易獲得保護膜形成膜之觀點,E’(2)亦可為800MPa以下。 於一實施形態中,E’(2)例如亦可為250 MPa至800MPa、350 MPa至800MPa、及450 MPa至800MPa之任一值。然而,該等僅為E’(2)之一例。 <<E’(2)> In this embodiment, the maximum value E'(2) of the storage elastic modulus E' of the first test piece in the temperature range of 23°C to 70°C is 200 MPa or more. In this way, the protective film-forming film has a hardness above a certain level at a temperature of 23°C to 70°C. As will be described later, in the process of semiconductor device manufacturing, the semiconductor wafer with the protective film-forming film is lifted up with pins. When picking up, it is possible to suppress the lifting marks of pins remaining on the protective film. Furthermore, when the protective film-forming film is laser-printed and then thermally cured to form a protective film, the printing can be clearly retained on the protective film. E'(2) may be, for example, any one of 250 MPa or more, 350 MPa or more, and 450 MPa or more. The larger E’(2) is, the higher the effect of suppressing the lifting marks of the remaining pins on the protective film and retaining the printing on the protective film in a clear manner. The upper limit of E’(2) is not particularly limited. For example, from the viewpoint of easily obtaining a protective film-forming film, E'(2) may be 800 MPa or less. In one embodiment, E'(2) may be any value from 250 MPa to 800 MPa, 350 MPa to 800 MPa, and 450 MPa to 800 MPa. However, these are only examples of E’(2).

E’(2),通常為於第一試驗片之溫度為23°C之情形時之第一試驗片之儲存彈性模數E’,23°C左右之溫度(例如,18°C至28°C)適於作為對保護膜形成膜進行雷射印字時、以及以銷頂起而拾取附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶片時之保護膜形成膜之溫度。E'(2), usually the storage elastic modulus E' of the first test piece when the temperature of the first test piece is 23°C, a temperature of about 23°C (for example, 18°C to 28° C) A temperature suitable for the protective film forming film when performing laser printing on the protective film forming film and when picking up the semiconductor wafer with the protective film forming film by lifting it with a pin.

<<E’(3)>> 保護膜形成膜之熱硬化物涉及的前述儲存彈性模數E’之測定,係藉由對複數片前述保護膜形成膜進行積層後切出以製造積層物,且使此積層物熱硬化而獲得之寬度5mm之硬化物作為第二試驗片而進行測定。更具體而言,將前述第二試驗片隔著20mm之間隔以兩處來保持,一邊於此狀態以升溫速度3°C/min使第二試驗片自−60°C等速升溫至350°C,一邊於頻率11Hz之條件下對第二試驗片之儲存彈性模數E’進行測定。 將第二試驗片隔著20mm之間隔以兩處來保持意指第二試驗片之儲存彈性模數E’之測定對象部分之長度為20mm。 <<E’(3)> The measurement of the storage elastic modulus E′ concerning the thermally cured product of the protective film-forming film is obtained by laminating a plurality of pieces of the protective film-forming film, cutting them out to produce a laminated product, and thermally curing the laminated product. A hardened material with a width of 5 mm was used as a second test piece and measured. More specifically, the aforementioned second test piece was held in two places with an interval of 20 mm. In this state, the second test piece was heated at a constant speed from −60°C to 350° at a heating rate of 3°C/min. C, while measuring the storage elastic modulus E' of the second test piece at a frequency of 11 Hz. Holding the second test piece at two locations with an interval of 20 mm means that the length of the portion to be measured for the storage elastic modulus E' of the second test piece is 20 mm.

第二試驗片於前述兩處之保持係可以以與前述第一試驗片以兩處來保持為相同之方法進行。The second test piece can be held at the two places in the same manner as the first test piece is held at the two places.

第二試驗片(前述硬化物)之厚度只要不礙於實施前述試驗,並不損及前述儲存彈性模數E’之測定精準度,則無特別限定。 通常,第二試驗片之厚度較佳為190μm至210μm,更佳為195μm至205μm,尤佳為200μm。 The thickness of the second test piece (the aforementioned hardened material) is not particularly limited as long as it does not hinder the implementation of the aforementioned test and does not impair the measurement accuracy of the aforementioned storage elastic modulus E’. Generally, the thickness of the second test piece is preferably 190 μm to 210 μm, more preferably 195 μm to 205 μm, and particularly preferably 200 μm.

用於製造第二試驗片之構成前述積層物之保護膜形成膜之片數只要為兩片以上,則無特別限定,並可根據各別保護膜形成膜之厚度任意選擇。 例如,藉由利用厚度為40μm之五片保護膜形成膜,而能製造厚度為200μm之前述積層物及第二試驗片。另外,藉由利用厚度為25μm之八片保護膜形成膜,而能製造厚度為200μm之前述積層物及第二試驗片。通常,前述積層物厚度與第二試驗片之厚度相同。然而,該等僅為一例,所使用的保護膜形成膜之片數及厚度不以此為限定。 The number of protective film-forming films constituting the laminate used to produce the second test piece is not particularly limited as long as it is two or more, and can be selected arbitrarily according to the thickness of each protective film-forming film. For example, by forming a film using five protective films with a thickness of 40 μm, the above-described laminate and the second test piece with a thickness of 200 μm can be produced. In addition, by forming a film using eight protective films with a thickness of 25 μm, the aforementioned laminated product and the second test piece with a thickness of 200 μm can be produced. Normally, the thickness of the laminate is the same as the thickness of the second test piece. However, these are only examples, and the number and thickness of the protective film-forming films used are not limited thereto.

於本實施形態中,第二試驗片於23°C至70°C之溫度範圍中的儲存彈性模數E’之最小值E’(3)為500MPa以上。如此,藉由保護膜形成膜之熱硬化物(換言之保護膜)於23°C至70°C之任一溫度下具有一定以上之硬度,保護膜具有高度保護性能。E’(3)例如亦可為2000MPa以上、3500MPa以上、5000MPa以上、及6500MPa以上之任一值。E’(3)越大,越能提高保護膜之保護性能。 E’(3)之上限值則無特別限定。例如,由容易獲得保護膜形成膜之觀點,E’(3)亦可為10000MPa以下。 於一實施形態中,E’(3)例如亦可為500MPa至10000MPa、2000MPa至10000MPa、3500MPa至10000MPa、5000MPa至10000MPa、及6500MPa至10000MPa之任一種。然而,該等僅為E’(3)之一例。 In this embodiment, the minimum value E'(3) of the storage elastic modulus E' of the second test piece in the temperature range of 23°C to 70°C is 500 MPa or more. In this way, the thermosetting material formed by the protective film (in other words, the protective film) has a hardness above a certain level at any temperature from 23°C to 70°C, and the protective film has a high degree of protective performance. E'(3) may be, for example, any value of 2,000 MPa or more, 3,500 MPa or more, 5,000 MPa or more, and 6,500 MPa or more. The larger E’(3) is, the better the protective performance of the protective film can be improved. The upper limit of E’(3) is not particularly limited. For example, from the viewpoint of easily obtaining a protective film, E'(3) may be 10,000 MPa or less. In one embodiment, E'(3) may be, for example, any one of 500MPa to 10000MPa, 2000MPa to 10000MPa, 3500MPa to 10000MPa, 5000MPa to 10000MPa, and 6500MPa to 10000MPa. However, these are only examples of E’(3).

E’(3)通常為於第二試驗片之溫度為23°C之情形時之第二試驗片之儲存彈性模數E’,23°C左右之溫度(例如,18°C至28°C)通常為附有保護膜之半導體晶片等具備保護膜之物品頻繁被操作之溫度。E'(3) is usually the storage elastic modulus E' of the second test piece when the temperature of the second test piece is 23°C, a temperature of about 23°C (for example, 18°C to 28°C ) is usually the temperature at which items with protective films such as semiconductor chips with protective films are frequently operated.

於本實施形態中,第一試驗片之E’(1)及E’(2)、以及第二試驗片之E’(3),較佳皆為前述任一數值範圍內。例如,作為較佳保護膜形成膜之一例,可舉例一種保護膜形成膜,其中E’(1)為0.01MPa至45MPa、0.01 MPa至40MPa、0.01MPa至30MPa、及0.01MPa至15MPa中任一範圍內,E’(2)為250MPa至800MPa、350 MPa至800MPa、及450MPa至800MPa中任一範圍內,E’(3)為500 MPa至10000MPa、2000MPa至10000MPa、3500MPa至10000MPa、5000MPa至10000MPa、及6500 MPa至10000MPa之任一範圍內。In this embodiment, it is preferable that E’(1) and E’(2) of the first test piece and E’(3) of the second test piece are within any of the aforementioned numerical ranges. For example, as an example of a preferable protective film-forming film, there can be exemplified a protective film-forming film in which E'(1) is any one of 0.01MPa to 45MPa, 0.01MPa to 40MPa, 0.01MPa to 30MPa, and 0.01MPa to 15MPa. Within the range, E'(2) is any one of 250MPa to 800MPa, 350MPa to 800MPa, and 450MPa to 800MPa, and E'(3) is 500MPa to 10000MPa, 2000MPa to 10000MPa, 3500MPa to 10000MPa, 5000MPa to 10000MPa , and within any range from 6500 MPa to 10000MPa.

以E’(1)及E’(2)為主的第一試驗片之儲存彈性模數E’、以及以E’(3)為主的第二試驗片之儲存彈性模數E’皆為藉由調節前述保護膜形成膜之含有成分之種類及其含量而能調節。 例如,於保護膜形成膜含有後述之聚合物成分(A)之情形時,藉由調節聚合物成分(A)具有的構成單元之種類及其含量,而能更輕易調節第一試驗片及第二試驗片之儲存彈性模數E’。更具體而言,例如,使用聚合物成分(A)、尤其使用後述之丙烯酸樹脂作為聚合物成分(A),並藉由調節丙烯酸樹脂之玻璃轉換溫度(Tg),而能更輕易調節第一試驗片及第二試驗片之儲存彈性模數E’。作為聚合物成分(A),有以下之傾向:藉由選擇Tg較高之聚合物成分(A),而能更輕易使E’(1)變小且使E’(2)及E’(3)變大。 例如,於保護膜形成膜含有後述之填充材料(D)之情形時,藉由調節保護膜形成膜之填充材料(D)的含量,而能更輕易調節第一試驗片及第二試驗片之儲存彈性模數E’(特別是E’(1)、E’(2)及E’(3))。 The storage elastic modulus E' of the first test piece mainly E'(1) and E'(2), and the storage elastic modulus E' of the second test piece mainly E'(3) are both This can be adjusted by adjusting the types and contents of the components contained in the protective film-forming film. For example, when the protective film-forming film contains the polymer component (A) described below, by adjusting the type and content of the structural units of the polymer component (A), the first test piece and the second test piece can be more easily adjusted. 2. Storage elastic modulus E' of the test piece. More specifically, for example, by using a polymer component (A), especially an acrylic resin described below as the polymer component (A), and by adjusting the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the acrylic resin, the first temperature can be adjusted more easily. Storage elastic modulus E' of the test piece and the second test piece. As the polymer component (A), there is a tendency that by selecting a polymer component (A) with a higher Tg, E'(1) can be made smaller more easily and E'(2) and E'( 3) Get bigger. For example, when the protective film-forming film contains a filler (D) described below, by adjusting the content of the filler (D) in the protective film-forming film, the relationship between the first test piece and the second test piece can be more easily adjusted. Store the elastic modulus E' (especially E'(1), E'(2) and E'(3)).

保護膜形成膜之厚度則無特別限定。 保護膜形成膜之厚度較佳為50μm以下,例如,亦可為40μm以下、及30μm以下之任一值。藉由保護膜形成膜之厚度為前述上限值以下,而能夠避免保護膜形成膜之厚度過剩。 另一方面,由能夠形成保護性能更高的保護膜之觀點,保護膜形成膜之厚度較佳為5μm以上。 於一實施形態中,保護膜形成膜之厚度例如亦可為5μm至50μm、5μm至40μm、及5μm至30μm中任一值。然而,該等僅為保護膜形成膜之厚度之一例。 The thickness of the protective film-forming film is not particularly limited. The thickness of the protective film-forming film is preferably 50 μm or less. For example, it may be any value of 40 μm or less and 30 μm or less. By setting the thickness of the protective film-forming film to be less than the aforementioned upper limit, excessive thickness of the protective film-forming film can be avoided. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of being able to form a protective film with higher protective performance, the thickness of the protective film-forming film is preferably 5 μm or more. In one embodiment, the thickness of the protective film forming film may be, for example, any one of 5 μm to 50 μm, 5 μm to 40 μm, and 5 μm to 30 μm. However, these are only examples of the thickness of the protective film forming film.

於本說明書中,「保護膜形成膜之厚度」意指保護膜形成膜整體之厚度,例如由複數片所構成之保護膜形成膜之厚度意指構成保護膜形成膜之所有層之合計厚度。In this specification, the "thickness of the protective film-forming film" means the thickness of the entire protective film-forming film. For example, the thickness of the protective film-forming film composed of a plurality of sheets means the total thickness of all the layers constituting the protective film-forming film.

於本說明書中,不限於保護膜形成膜之情況,「厚度」只要無特別另外說明,為於對象物中隨機選出的五處進行測定的厚度之平均值,並根據JIS K7130,利用定壓厚度測定器而能取得厚度。In this specification, it is not limited to the case where a protective film is formed into a film. Unless otherwise specified, the "thickness" is the average thickness measured at five randomly selected places on the object, and uses the constant pressure thickness in accordance with JIS K7130. Measuring instrument can obtain the thickness.

於將前述保護膜形成膜貼附於半導體晶圓之目標部位並進行熱硬化以形成保護膜時之硬化條件只要為使保護膜能夠充分發揮其機能的程度之硬化度,則無特別限定,並可根據保護膜形成膜之種類適宜選擇。The curing conditions when the protective film-forming film is attached to a target portion of a semiconductor wafer and thermally cured to form a protective film are not particularly limited as long as the degree of curing is such that the protective film can fully exert its functions. It can be appropriately selected according to the type of protective film forming film.

例如,保護膜形成膜之熱硬化時之加熱溫度亦可為100°C至200°C、120°C至195°C、及140°C至190°C中任一範圍。 前述熱硬化時之加熱時間,可考量加熱溫度而適宜設定,例如,可為3分鐘至5小時、3分鐘至1小時、及3分鐘至30分鐘之任一範圍。 For example, the heating temperature during thermal hardening of the protective film-forming film may be in any range of 100°C to 200°C, 120°C to 195°C, and 140°C to 190°C. The heating time during thermal hardening can be appropriately set taking into account the heating temperature. For example, it can be in any range from 3 minutes to 5 hours, from 3 minutes to 1 hour, and from 3 minutes to 30 minutes.

本實施形態之保護膜形成膜係用以貼附於半導體晶圓中與電路面為相反側之內面,並在藉由分割前述半導體晶圓而獲得之半導體晶片之內面形成保護膜。 本實施形態之保護膜形成膜對於半導體晶圓之前述內面的貼附性良好,且半導體晶片之保護性能高。 本實施形態之保護膜形成膜,進而適於貼附於半導體晶圓後,對半導體晶圓側之相反側之面以雷射光照射進行印字。這種印字即便藉由保護膜形成膜之熱硬化而形成保護膜時,亦於保護膜上以清晰的方式保留。 本實施形態之保護膜形成膜,進而適於自分割半導體晶圓時所使用的後述之支撐片或切割片,以銷的頂起而拾取具備前述保護膜形成膜之半導體晶片(亦即附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶片)。於如此進行拾取時,在設於半導體晶片之內面的保護膜形成膜中,能夠抑制殘留銷的頂起痕。 The protective film-forming film of this embodiment is attached to the inner surface of the semiconductor wafer on the opposite side to the circuit surface, and forms a protective film on the inner surface of the semiconductor wafer obtained by dividing the semiconductor wafer. The protective film-forming film of this embodiment has good adhesion to the aforementioned inner surface of the semiconductor wafer, and has high protective performance for the semiconductor wafer. The protective film forming film of this embodiment is further suitable for being attached to a semiconductor wafer and then printing on the surface opposite to the side of the semiconductor wafer by irradiating it with laser light. This kind of printing will remain clearly on the protective film even when the protective film is formed by thermal hardening of the protective film-forming film. The protective film-forming film of this embodiment is further suitable for picking up the semiconductor wafer having the protective film-forming film (that is, with Protective film forming film for semiconductor wafer). When picking up in this way, it is possible to suppress the protruding marks of the remaining pins in the protective film-forming film provided on the inner surface of the semiconductor wafer.

<<保護膜形成用組成物>> 前述保護膜形成膜係藉由使用含有其構成材料之保護膜形成用組成物(更具體而言,熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物)而能形成。例如,保護膜形成膜係藉由於其形成對象面塗敷保護膜形成用組成物,並根據需要進行乾燥而形成。保護膜形成用組成物中在常溫下不會氣化之成分彼此的含量之比率通常與保護膜形成膜中之前述成分彼此的含量之比率相同。本說明書中,所謂「常溫」,意指不特別冷或特別熱的溫度,亦即平常的溫度,例如可舉例15°C至25°C之溫度等。 <<Composition for protective film formation>> The aforementioned protective film-forming film can be formed by using a protective film-forming composition (more specifically, a thermosetting protective film-forming composition) containing its constituent material. For example, the protective film-forming film is formed by applying a protective film-forming composition to the surface to be formed and drying it as necessary. The ratio of the contents of components that do not vaporize at normal temperature in the protective film-forming composition to each other is generally the same as the ratio of the contents of the aforementioned components to each other in the protective film-forming film. In this specification, "normal temperature" refers to a temperature that is not particularly cold or hot, that is, a normal temperature, for example, a temperature of 15°C to 25°C.

前述保護膜形成膜除了熱硬化性外,亦可另具有能量線硬化性。The protective film-forming film may have energy ray curability in addition to thermosetting properties.

於本說明書中,所謂「能量線」,意指具有能量量子之電磁波或帶電粒子束。作為其例示,可列舉紫外線、放射線、電子束等。紫外線例如可藉由使用高壓水銀燈、熔合燈、氙氣燈、黑光燈或LED(Light Emitting Diode;發光二極體)燈等作為紫外線源而進行照射。電子束可照射藉由電子束加速器等產生之電子束。 本說明書中,所謂「能量線硬化性」,意指藉由照射能量線而硬化之性質,所謂「非能量線硬化性」,意指即便照射能量線亦不硬化之性質。 In this specification, the so-called "energy line" means an electromagnetic wave or a charged particle beam with energy quanta. Examples thereof include ultraviolet rays, radiation, electron beams, and the like. Ultraviolet rays can be irradiated by using, for example, a high-pressure mercury lamp, a fusion lamp, a xenon lamp, a black light lamp, or an LED (Light Emitting Diode) lamp as an ultraviolet source. The electron beam can be irradiated with an electron beam generated by an electron beam accelerator or the like. In this specification, "energy ray hardenability" means the property of being hardened by irradiation with energy rays, and "non-energy ray hardenability" means the property of not being hardened even if energy rays are irradiated.

於保護膜形成膜中,保護膜形成膜中一種或兩種以上後述含有成分之合計含量相對保護膜形成膜之總質量的比率不會超過100質量%。 同樣地,於保護膜形成用組成物中,保護膜形成用組成物中一種或兩種以上後述含有成分之總含量相對保護膜形成用組成物之總質量之比率不會超過100質量%。 In the protective film-forming film, the ratio of the total content of one or more of the components described below in the protective film-forming film to the total mass of the protective film-forming film does not exceed 100 mass %. Similarly, in the protective film-forming composition, the ratio of the total content of one or more of the following components in the protective film-forming composition to the total mass of the protective film-forming composition shall not exceed 100 mass %.

塗敷保護膜形成用組成物係可藉由公知之方法進行,例如,可列舉:氣刀塗布機、刮刀塗布機、棒塗布機、凹版塗布機、輥塗布機、輥刀塗布機、簾幕塗布機、模具塗步機、刀式塗布機、網版塗布機、繞線棒(Mayer bar)塗布機、模唇(kiss)塗布機等利用各種塗布機的方法。Coating the composition for forming a protective film can be carried out by a known method, for example, air knife coater, blade coater, rod coater, gravure coater, roll coater, roller knife coater, curtain Methods using various coaters, such as coaters, die coaters, knife coaters, screen coaters, Mayer bar coaters, and kiss coaters.

保護膜形成用組成物的乾燥條件並無特別限定。但是,保護膜形成用組成物含有後述之溶媒之情形時,較佳係進行加熱乾燥。並且,含有溶媒之保護膜形成用組成物例如較佳為於70℃至130℃且10秒至5分鐘的條件下進行加熱乾燥。但是,保護膜形成用組成物為熱硬化性,故較佳為以該組成物本身、及由該組成物所形成之熱硬化性保護膜形成膜不會熱硬化之方式來進行加熱乾燥。The drying conditions of the protective film forming composition are not particularly limited. However, when the composition for forming a protective film contains a solvent described below, it is preferable to perform heating and drying. Furthermore, the protective film forming composition containing a solvent is preferably heated and dried under conditions of 70°C to 130°C for 10 seconds to 5 minutes, for example. However, since the protective film-forming composition is thermosetting, it is preferable to heat and dry the composition itself and the thermosetting protective film-forming film formed from the composition without thermal curing.

作為較佳保護膜形成膜,例如可舉出含有硬化促進劑(C)之保護膜形成膜,作為更佳保護膜形成膜,可舉出含有聚合物成分(A)、熱硬化性成分(B)、以及硬化促進劑(C)之保護膜形成膜。聚合物成分(A)為可視為藉由聚合性化合物進行聚合反應而形成之成分。熱硬化性成分(B)為將熱作為反應之觸發因素,而進行硬化(聚合)反應之成分。另外,本說明書中聚合反應包含聚縮合反應。 以下,對保護膜形成用組成物之組成進行詳細說明。 Preferable protective film-forming films include, for example, a protective film-forming film containing a hardening accelerator (C). More preferable protective film-forming films include a polymer component (A), a thermosetting component (B). ), and the protective film forming film of the hardening accelerator (C). The polymer component (A) is considered to be a component formed by a polymerization reaction of a polymerizable compound. The thermosetting component (B) is a component that performs a curing (polymerization) reaction using heat as a trigger factor for the reaction. In addition, in this specification, polymerization reaction includes polycondensation reaction. Hereinafter, the composition of the protective film forming composition will be described in detail.

<保護膜形成用組成物(III)> 作為較佳保護膜形成用組成物,例如可舉例含有硬化促進劑(C)之保護膜形成用組成物(III)(本說明書中,有時簡稱為「組成物(III)」)等。保護膜形成用組成物(III)較佳為包含聚合物成分(A)、熱硬化性成分(B)、以及硬化促進劑(C)。 <Protective film forming composition (III)> Preferred protective film-forming compositions include, for example, protective film-forming composition (III) containing a hardening accelerator (C) (herein, may be simply referred to as "composition (III)"). The protective film forming composition (III) preferably contains a polymer component (A), a thermosetting component (B), and a hardening accelerator (C).

[聚合物成分(A)] 聚合物成分(A)為用以對保護膜形成膜賦予造膜性、可撓性等之聚合物化合物。另外。本說明書中,聚合物化合物包含聚縮合反應之產物。 [Polymer component (A)] The polymer component (A) is a polymer compound for imparting film-forming properties, flexibility, etc. to the protective film-forming film. in addition. In this specification, the polymer compound includes the product of polycondensation reaction.

組成物(III)及保護膜形成膜所含有的聚合物成分(A)亦可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,於兩種以上之情形時,可任意選擇該等組合及比率。The polymer component (A) contained in the composition (III) and the protective film-forming film may be only one type, or may be two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio may be selected arbitrarily.

作為聚合物成分(A),例如,可列舉:丙烯酸樹脂、胺基甲酸酯樹脂、苯氧基樹脂、聚矽氧樹脂、飽和聚酯樹脂等,較佳為丙烯酸樹脂。Examples of the polymer component (A) include acrylic resin, urethane resin, phenoxy resin, silicone resin, saturated polyester resin, and the like, and acrylic resin is preferred.

作為聚合物成分(A)中的前述丙烯酸樹脂,可舉例公知之丙烯酸樹脂。 丙烯酸樹脂之重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為10000至2000000,更佳為100000至1500000,進而佳為150000至1200000,尤佳為200000至1000000。藉由丙烯酸樹脂之重量平均分子量為前述下限值以上,而更容易使前述E’(2)及E’(3)變大。藉由丙烯酸樹脂之重量平均分子量為前述上限值以下,而保護膜形成膜更容易追隨受黏附體之凹凸面。 Examples of the acrylic resin in the polymer component (A) include known acrylic resins. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the acrylic resin is preferably 10000 to 2000000, more preferably 100000 to 1500000, further preferably 150000 to 1200000, particularly preferably 200000 to 1000000. When the weight average molecular weight of the acrylic resin is equal to or higher than the aforementioned lower limit, it is easier to increase the aforementioned E'(2) and E'(3). When the weight average molecular weight of the acrylic resin is less than the aforementioned upper limit, the protective film-forming film can more easily follow the uneven surface of the adherend.

本說明書中,所謂「重量平均分子量」,只要無特別說明,則係指藉由凝膠滲透層析法(GPC;Gel Permeation Chromatography)所測定之聚苯乙烯換算值。In this specification, the "weight average molecular weight" refers to the polystyrene-converted value measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC; Gel Permeation Chromatography) unless otherwise specified.

丙烯酸樹脂之玻璃轉換溫度(Tg)較佳為0°C至70°C,例如亦可為0°C至50°C、0°C至30°C、及0°C至10°C中任一範圍,亦可為10°C至70°C、及20°C至70°C中任一範圍,亦可為10°C至50°C、及10°C至30°C中任一範圍。藉由丙烯酸樹脂之Tg為前述下限值以上,而能更容易將前述E’(1)、E’(2)及E’(3)調整為目標數值。另外,能夠抑制保護膜形成膜之硬化物與支撐片間之密接性,而能適當提高支撐片之剝離性。另一方面,藉由丙烯酸樹脂之Tg為前述上限值以下,而能提高保護膜形成膜及其硬化物與受黏附體之間的接著力。The glass transition temperature (Tg) of acrylic resin is preferably 0°C to 70°C, for example, it may be any of 0°C to 50°C, 0°C to 30°C, and 0°C to 10°C. A range, it can be any range of 10°C to 70°C, and 20°C to 70°C, or it can be any range of 10°C to 50°C, and 10°C to 30°C . When the Tg of the acrylic resin is equal to or higher than the lower limit, it is easier to adjust the E'(1), E'(2), and E'(3) to the target values. In addition, the adhesiveness between the cured material of the protective film-forming film and the support sheet can be suppressed, and the peelability of the support sheet can be appropriately improved. On the other hand, when the Tg of the acrylic resin is below the aforementioned upper limit, the adhesive force between the protective film-forming film and its cured product and the adherend can be improved.

於丙烯酸樹脂具有m種(m為2以上之整數)之構成單元,針對衍生該等構成單元之m種單體,分別依序編號為未重覆的1至m,並命名為「單體m」之情形時,丙烯酸樹脂之玻璃轉換溫度(Tg)係以如下所示之Fox之數學式而能算出。There are m kinds of structural units in acrylic resin (m is an integer above 2). The m kinds of monomers from which these structural units are derived are numbered from 1 to m in sequence without repetition, and named "monomer m". In the case of ", the glass transition temperature (Tg) of acrylic resin can be calculated using Fox's mathematical formula as shown below.

[數學式1] (數學式中,Tg為丙烯酸樹脂之玻璃轉換溫度;m為2以上之整數;Tg k為單體m的均聚物之玻璃轉換溫度;W k為於丙烯酸樹脂中自單體m所衍生的構成單元m之質量分率,但W k滿足如下數學式。) [Mathematical formula 1] (In the mathematical formula, Tg is the glass transition temperature of acrylic resin; m is an integer above 2; Tg k is the glass transition temperature of the homopolymer of monomer m; W k is derived from monomer m in acrylic resin The mass fraction of the constituent unit m, but W k satisfies the following mathematical formula.)

[數學式2] (數學式中,m及W k為與前述相同。) [Mathematical formula 2] (In the mathematical formula, m and W k are the same as above.)

作為前述Tg k,可使用高分子資料 ・手冊、黏著手冊、或Polymer handbook等所記載之值。例如,丙烯酸甲酯之均聚物的Tg k為10°C,甲基丙烯酸甲酯之均聚物的Tg k為105°C,丙烯酸-2-羥基乙酯之均聚物的Tg k為-15°C,甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯之均聚物的Tg k為41°C,丙烯酸2-乙基己酯之均聚物的Tg k為−70°C,丙烯酸之均聚物的Tg k為103°C,丙烯腈之均聚物的Tg k為97°C,丙烯酸正丁酯之均聚物的Tg k為−54°C,丙烯酸乙酯之均聚物的Tg k為−24°C。 As the above-mentioned Tg k , the value described in polymer materials, handbooks, adhesive handbooks, or Polymer handbooks can be used. For example, the Tg k of the homopolymer of methyl acrylate is 10°C, the Tg k of the homopolymer of methyl methacrylate is 105°C, and the Tg k of the homopolymer of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate is - At 15°C, the Tg k of the homopolymer of glycidyl methacrylate is 41°C, the Tg k of the homopolymer of 2-ethylhexyl acrylate is −70°C, and the Tg k of the homopolymer of acrylic acid is is 103°C, the Tg k of the homopolymer of acrylonitrile is 97°C, the Tg k of the homopolymer of n-butyl acrylate is −54°C, and the Tg k of the homopolymer of ethyl acrylate is −24° C.

作為丙烯酸樹脂,例如可舉例:一種或兩種以上(甲基)丙烯酸酯之聚合物;選自前述(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸、伊康酸、乙酸乙烯酯、丙烯腈、苯乙烯及N-羥甲基丙烯醯胺等之兩種以上單體之共聚物等。Examples of the acrylic resin include: a polymer of one or more (meth)acrylate; selected from the aforementioned (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid, itaconic acid, vinyl acetate, acrylonitrile, Copolymers of two or more monomers such as styrene and N-hydroxymethylacrylamide, etc.

作為構成丙烯酸樹脂之前述(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如,可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第二丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十一烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十二烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸月桂酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十三烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十四烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸肉豆蔻酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十五烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十六烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸棕櫚酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十七烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十八烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸硬脂酯)等構成烷基酯之烷基為碳數為1至18之鏈狀結構之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸異冰片酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊酯等(甲基)丙烯酸環烷基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸苄基酯等(甲基)丙烯酸芳烷基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊烯酯等(甲基)丙烯酸環烯酯;(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊烯氧基乙酯等(甲基)丙烯酸環烯氧基烷基酯; (甲基)丙烯酸醯亞胺;(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯等含有縮水甘油基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯;(甲基)丙烯酸羥甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-2-羥乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-2-羥丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3-羥丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-2-羥丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3-羥丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-4-羥丁酯含有羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯; (甲基)丙烯酸N-甲基胺基乙酯等含有取代胺基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。 此處,所謂「取代胺基」,意指具有胺基的一個或是兩個的氫原子被氫原子以外的基所取代之結構之基。 Examples of the (meth)acrylate constituting the acrylic resin include: (meth)acrylic acid methyl ester, (meth)acrylic acid ethyl ester, (meth)acrylic acid n-propyl ester, (meth)acrylic acid isopropyl acrylate Ester, n-butyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, second butyl (meth)acrylate, third butyl (meth)acrylate, amyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylate Hexyl (meth)acrylate, heptyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, isooctyl (meth)acrylate, n-octyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid n-nonyl ester, isononyl (meth)acrylate, decyl (meth)acrylate, undecyl (meth)acrylate, dodecyl (meth)acrylate (lauryl (meth)acrylate) ), tridecyl (meth)acrylate, myristyl (meth)acrylate (myristyl (meth)acrylate), pentadecyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid Cetyl ester (palmityl (meth)acrylate), heptadecyl (meth)acrylate, stearyl (meth)acrylate (stearyl (meth)acrylate), etc. constitute alkyl groups The alkyl group of the ester is a (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester with a chain structure of 1 to 18 carbon atoms; (meth)acrylic acid rings such as isobornyl acrylate and dicyclopentyl (meth)acrylate Alkyl esters; aralkyl (meth)acrylates such as benzyl (meth)acrylate; cycloalkenyl acrylates such as dicyclopentenyl (meth)acrylate; bicyclic (meth)acrylate (meth)acrylic acid cycloalkenyloxyalkyl esters such as pentenyloxyethyl ester; (meth)acrylic acid imide; (meth)acrylic acid glycidyl ester and other (meth)acrylic acid esters containing glycidyl groups; Hydroxymethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid -2-Hydroxybutyl ester, (meth)acrylic acid-3-hydroxybutyl ester, (meth)acrylic acid-4-hydroxybutyl ester (meth)acrylate containing hydroxyl group; (meth)acrylic acid N-methylamine Ethyl esters and other (meth)acrylates containing substituted amine groups. Here, the "substituted amino group" means a group having a structure in which one or two hydrogen atoms of the amine group are replaced by groups other than hydrogen atoms.

於本說明書中「(甲基)丙烯酸」為包含「丙烯酸」及「甲基丙烯酸」之兩者的概念。與(甲基)丙烯酸類似用語亦同,例如,「(甲基)丙烯醯基」為包含「丙烯醯基」及「甲基丙烯醯基」之兩者的概念,「(甲基)丙烯酸酯」為包含「丙烯酸酯」及「甲基丙烯酸酯」之兩者的概念。In this specification, "(meth)acrylic acid" is a concept that includes both "acrylic acid" and "methacrylic acid". Similar terms are used for (meth)acrylic acid. For example, "(meth)acrylyl" is a concept that includes both "acrylyl" and "methacrylyl", and "(meth)acrylate" ” is a concept that includes both “acrylate” and “methacrylate”.

構成丙烯酸樹脂之單體可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,於兩種以上之情形時,可任意選擇該等組合及比率。The monomers constituting the acrylic resin may be only one type, or may be two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio may be selected arbitrarily.

丙烯酸樹脂亦可具有乙烯基、(甲基)丙烯醯基、胺基、羥基、羧基、異氰酸基等能夠與其他化合物鍵結的官能基。丙烯酸樹脂之前述官能基亦可藉由後述之交聯劑(F)與其他化合物鍵結,亦可不經交聯劑(F)而與其他化合物直接鍵結。Acrylic resin may also have functional groups capable of bonding with other compounds, such as vinyl groups, (meth)acrylyl groups, amine groups, hydroxyl groups, carboxyl groups, and isocyanato groups. The aforementioned functional groups of the acrylic resin can also be bonded to other compounds through the cross-linking agent (F) described below, or can be directly bonded to other compounds without the cross-linking agent (F).

本發明中,作為聚合物成分(A),亦可單獨使用丙烯酸樹脂以外之熱塑性樹脂(以下,有時簡稱為「熱塑性樹脂」)而不使用丙烯酸樹脂,亦可與丙烯酸樹脂併用。藉由使用前述熱塑性樹脂,有時提高保護膜自支撐片的剝離性、或有時使保護膜形成膜更容易追隨受黏附體之凹凸面。In the present invention, as the polymer component (A), a thermoplastic resin other than an acrylic resin (hereinafter, sometimes simply referred to as a “thermoplastic resin”) may be used alone instead of an acrylic resin, or may be used in combination with an acrylic resin. By using the aforementioned thermoplastic resin, the peelability of the protective film self-supporting sheet may be improved, or the protective film forming film may more easily follow the uneven surface of the adherend.

前述熱塑性樹脂之重量平均分子量較佳為1000至100000,更佳為3000至80000。The weight average molecular weight of the aforementioned thermoplastic resin is preferably 1,000 to 100,000, more preferably 3,000 to 80,000.

前述熱塑性樹脂之玻璃轉換溫度(Tg)較佳為0°C至70°C,例如亦可為0°C至50°C、0°C至30°C、及0°C至10°C中任一範圍,亦可為10°C至70°C、及20°C至70°C中任一範圍,亦可為10°C至50°C、及10°C至30°C中任一範圍。The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the aforementioned thermoplastic resin is preferably 0°C to 70°C, for example, it may also be 0°C to 50°C, 0°C to 30°C, and 0°C to 10°C. Any range, it can be any range of 10°C to 70°C, and 20°C to 70°C, or it can be any one of 10°C to 50°C, and 10°C to 30°C Scope.

作為前述熱塑性樹脂,例如,可列舉:聚酯、聚胺基甲酸酯、苯氧基樹脂、聚丁烯、聚丁二烯、聚苯乙烯等。Examples of the thermoplastic resin include polyester, polyurethane, phenoxy resin, polybutene, polybutadiene, polystyrene, and the like.

組成物(III)及保護膜形成膜所含有的前述熱塑性樹脂亦可僅為一種,亦可為兩種,於兩種以上之情形時,可任意選擇該等組合及比率。The aforementioned thermoplastic resin contained in the composition (III) and the protective film-forming film may be only one type or two types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio may be selected arbitrarily.

於組成物(III)中,無論聚合物成分(A)之種類,聚合物成分(A)之含量相對溶媒以外之所有成分之總含量之比率,較佳為10質量%至85質量%,例如可為10質量%至65質量%、10質量%至45質量%、及10質量%至30質量%中任一範圍,亦可為30質量%至85質量%、及50質量%至85質量%中任一範圍。 此內容為與如下同義:於保護膜形成膜中,無論聚合物成分(A)之種類,聚合物成分(A)之含量相對保護膜形成膜之總質量的比率較佳為10質量%至85質量%,例如,亦可為10質量%至65質量%、10質量%至45質量%、及10質量%至30質量%之任一範圍,亦可為30質量%至85質量%、及50質量%至85質量%之任一範圍。 此係基於自含有溶媒的樹脂組成物去除溶媒而形成樹脂膜的過程中,溶媒以外之成分量通常不會變化之情事,於樹脂組成物與樹脂膜之間,溶媒以外之成分彼此之含量的比率為相同。於是,本說明書中,接下來不限於保護膜形成膜之情形,關於溶媒以外之成分的含量,僅記載自樹脂組成物去除了溶媒後的樹脂膜中的含量。 In composition (III), regardless of the type of polymer component (A), the ratio of the content of polymer component (A) to the total content of all components except the solvent is preferably 10 mass% to 85 mass%, for example It can be any range of 10 mass% to 65 mass%, 10 mass% to 45 mass%, and 10 mass% to 30 mass%, or it can be 30 mass% to 85 mass%, and 50 mass% to 85 mass%. any range. This content is synonymous with the following: In the protective film-forming film, regardless of the type of polymer component (A), the ratio of the content of the polymer component (A) to the total mass of the protective film-forming film is preferably 10 mass % to 85 Mass %, for example, may be in any range of 10 mass % to 65 mass %, 10 mass % to 45 mass %, and 10 mass % to 30 mass %, or may be 30 mass % to 85 mass %, and 50 mass %. Any range from mass % to 85 mass %. This is based on the fact that the amount of components other than the solvent does not usually change during the process of forming a resin film by removing the solvent from the resin composition containing the solvent. The content of components other than the solvent between the resin composition and the resin film is The ratios are the same. Therefore, in this specification, the content of components other than the solvent is not limited to the case where the protective film is formed. Only the content in the resin film after removing the solvent from the resin composition is described.

聚合物成分(A)有時亦屬於熱硬化性成分(B)。於本發明中,於組成物(III)含有這種同時屬於聚合物成分(A)及熱硬化性成分(B)之兩者的成分之情形時,則視為組成物(III)含有聚合物成分(A)及熱硬化性成分(B)。The polymer component (A) may also be a thermosetting component (B). In the present invention, when the composition (III) contains such components that belong to both the polymer component (A) and the thermosetting component (B), it is deemed that the composition (III) contains the polymer. Component (A) and thermosetting component (B).

[熱硬化性成分(B)] 熱硬化性成分(B)為用以使保護膜形成膜硬化之成分。 組成物(III)及保護膜形成膜所含有的熱硬化性成分(B)亦可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,於兩種以上之情形時,可任意選擇該等組合及比率。 [Thermosetting ingredient (B)] The thermosetting component (B) is a component for hardening the protective film-forming film. The thermosetting component (B) contained in the composition (III) and the protective film-forming film may be only one type, or may be two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio may be selected arbitrarily.

作為熱硬化性成分(B),例如,可舉出:環氧系熱硬化性樹脂、熱硬化性聚醯亞胺樹脂、不飽和聚酯樹脂等,較佳為環氧系熱硬化性樹脂。 於本說明書中,熱硬化性聚醯亞胺樹脂係藉由熱硬化而形成聚醯亞胺樹脂之聚醯亞胺前驅物、以及熱硬化性聚醯亞胺之統稱。 Examples of the thermosetting component (B) include epoxy thermosetting resins, thermosetting polyimide resins, unsaturated polyester resins, and the like, and epoxy thermosetting resins are preferred. In this specification, thermosetting polyimide resin is a general term for a polyimide precursor that forms a polyimide resin by thermal curing, and thermosetting polyimide.

(環氧系熱硬化性樹脂) 環氧系熱硬化性樹脂係例如由環氧樹脂(B1)及熱硬化劑(B2)所構成。 另外,環氧系熱硬化性樹脂亦可不包含熱硬化劑(B2)而僅為環氧樹脂(B1)。 組成物(III)及保護膜形成膜所含有的環氧系熱硬化性樹脂亦可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,於兩種以上之情形時,可任意選擇該等組合及比率。 (Epoxy thermosetting resin) The epoxy thermosetting resin is composed of, for example, an epoxy resin (B1) and a thermosetting agent (B2). In addition, the epoxy-based thermosetting resin may not contain the thermosetting agent (B2) but only the epoxy resin (B1). The epoxy-based thermosetting resin contained in the composition (III) and the protective film-forming film may be only one type, or may be two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio may be selected arbitrarily.

・環氧樹脂(B1) 作為環氧樹脂(B1),可舉例公知之環氧樹脂,例如可列舉:多官能系環氧樹脂、聯苯化合物、雙酚A二縮水甘油基醚及其氫化物、鄰甲酚酚醛清漆環氧樹脂(o-cresol novolac epoxy resin)、二環戊二烯型環氧樹脂、聯苯型環氧樹脂、雙酚A型環氧樹脂、雙酚F型環氧樹脂、伸苯骨架型環氧樹脂等2官能以上之環氧化合物。 ・Epoxy resin (B1) Examples of the epoxy resin (B1) include known epoxy resins, such as polyfunctional epoxy resins, biphenyl compounds, bisphenol A diglycidyl ether and hydrogenated products thereof, and o-cresol novolak rings. Oxygen resin (o-cresol novolac epoxy resin), dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resin, biphenyl type epoxy resin, bisphenol A type epoxy resin, bisphenol F type epoxy resin, benzene skeleton type epoxy Epoxy compounds with more than two functions such as resins.

作為環氧樹脂(B1),亦可使用具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂。As the epoxy resin (B1), an epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group can also be used.

環氧樹脂(B1)之數量平均分子量雖無特別限定,但由保護膜形成膜之硬化性、以及保護膜之強度及耐熱性之觀點,較佳為300至30000,更佳為300至10000,尤佳為300至3000。 環氧樹脂(B1)之環氧當量較佳為100g/eq至1000g/eq,更佳為150g/eq至950g/eq。 The number average molecular weight of the epoxy resin (B1) is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of the hardening properties of the film formed from the protective film and the strength and heat resistance of the protective film, it is preferably 300 to 30,000, more preferably 300 to 10,000. The best value is 300 to 3000. The epoxy equivalent of the epoxy resin (B1) is preferably 100g/eq to 1000g/eq, more preferably 150g/eq to 950g/eq.

環氧樹脂(B1)亦可單獨使用一種,亦可併用兩種以上,於併用兩種以上之情形時,可任意選擇該等組合及比率。One type of epoxy resin (B1) may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination. When two or more types of epoxy resins (B1) are used in combination, the combination and ratio may be selected arbitrarily.

・熱硬化劑(B2) 熱硬化劑(B2)用作對環氧樹脂(B1)之硬化劑而發揮功能。 作為熱硬化劑(B2),例如可舉例一分子中具有兩個以上可與環氧基進行反應之官能基之化合物。作為前述官能基,例如可列舉:酚性羥基、醇性羥基、胺基、羧基、酸基經酐化而成之基等,較佳為酚性羥基、胺基、或酸基經酐化而成之基,更佳為酚性羥基或胺基。 ・Thermal hardener (B2) The thermal hardener (B2) functions as a hardener for the epoxy resin (B1). Examples of the thermal hardener (B2) include a compound having two or more functional groups capable of reacting with an epoxy group in one molecule. Examples of the functional group include a phenolic hydroxyl group, an alcoholic hydroxyl group, an amino group, a carboxyl group, an acidic group and the like, and preferably a phenolic hydroxyl group, an alcoholic hydroxyl group, an acidic group and an anhydride group. The group is preferably a phenolic hydroxyl group or an amine group.

熱硬化劑(B2)中,作為具有苯酚性羥基的酚系硬化劑,例如,可列舉:多官能苯酚樹脂、聯苯酚、酚醛清漆型苯酚樹脂、二環戊二烯型苯酚樹脂、芳烷型苯酚樹脂等。 熱硬化劑(B2)中,作為具有胺基之胺系硬化劑,例如可舉例二氰二胺等。 Examples of the phenolic curing agent having a phenolic hydroxyl group among the thermal curing agents (B2) include polyfunctional phenol resins, biphenols, novolak-type phenol resins, dicyclopentadiene-type phenol resins, and aralkyl-type phenol resins. Phenol resin, etc. Among the thermal curing agents (B2), examples of the amine-based curing agent having an amino group include dicyandiamide and the like.

熱硬化劑(B2)亦可具有不飽和烴基。The thermal hardener (B2) may have an unsaturated hydrocarbon group.

於使用酚系硬化劑作為熱硬化劑(B2)之情形時,由提高保護膜自支撐片之剝離性之觀點,熱硬化劑(B2)較佳為軟化點或玻璃轉換溫度高之熱硬化劑。When a phenolic hardener is used as the thermal hardener (B2), from the viewpoint of improving the peelability of the protective film self-supporting sheet, the thermal hardener (B2) is preferably a thermal hardener with a high softening point or glass transition temperature. .

熱硬化劑(B2)中,例如多官能苯酚樹脂、酚醛清漆型苯酚樹脂、二環戊二烯型苯酚樹脂、芳烷型苯酚樹脂等之樹脂成分之數量平均分子量較佳為300至30000,更佳為400至10000,尤佳為500至3000。 熱硬化劑(B2)中,例如聯苯酚、二氰二胺等非樹脂成分之分子量雖無特別限定,但例如較佳為60至500。 In the thermal hardener (B2), the number average molecular weight of the resin components such as multifunctional phenol resin, novolac-type phenol resin, dicyclopentadiene-type phenol resin, aralkyl-type phenol resin, etc. is preferably 300 to 30,000, and more preferably 300 to 30,000. The best value is 400 to 10,000, especially the best value is 500 to 3,000. In the thermosetting agent (B2), the molecular weight of non-resin components such as biphenol and dicyandiamide is not particularly limited, but is preferably 60 to 500, for example.

熱硬化劑(B2)亦可單獨使用一種,亦可併用兩種以上,於併用兩種以上之情形時,可任意選擇該等組合及比率。One type of thermosetting agent (B2) may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination. When two or more types are used in combination, the combination and ratio may be selected arbitrarily.

當使用熱硬化劑(B2)之情形時,於組成物(III)及保護膜形成膜中,熱硬化劑(B2) 之含量相對環氧樹脂(B1)之含量100質量份,較佳為0.1質量份至100質量份,更佳為0.5質量份至50質量份,例如亦可為0.5質量份至25質量份、0.5質量份至15質量份、及0.5質量份至7質量份中任一範圍。藉由熱硬化劑(B2)之前述含量為前述下限值以上,而保護膜形成膜之硬化更容易進行。藉由熱硬化劑(B2)之前述含量為前述上限值以下,而能減低保護膜形成膜之吸濕率,進而提高使用保護膜形成膜而獲得之封裝體的可靠性。When a thermosetting agent (B2) is used, in the composition (III) and the protective film forming film, the content of the thermosetting agent (B2) relative to 100 parts by mass of the epoxy resin (B1) is preferably 0.1 Parts by mass to 100 parts by mass, preferably 0.5 parts by mass to 50 parts by mass, for example, any range from 0.5 parts by mass to 25 parts by mass, 0.5 parts by mass to 15 parts by mass, and 0.5 parts by mass to 7 parts by mass . When the content of the thermosetting agent (B2) is equal to or higher than the lower limit, the protective film-forming film can be cured more easily. By setting the content of the thermosetting agent (B2) below the upper limit, the moisture absorption rate of the protective film-forming film can be reduced, thereby improving the reliability of the package obtained using the protective film-forming film.

於組成物(III)及保護膜形成膜中,熱硬化性成分(B) 之含量相對聚合物成分(A)及熱硬化性成分(B)之總含量100質量份,較佳為10質量份至70質量份,更佳為15質量份至60質量份,進而佳為20質量份至50質量份,例如亦可為25質量份至40質量份。藉由熱硬化性成分(B)之前述含量落入該等範圍內,例如能夠抑制保護膜形成膜的硬化物與支撐片之密接性而提高支撐片之剝離性。 在此,於熱硬化性成分(B)為環氧系熱硬化性樹脂之情形時之「熱硬化性成分(B)之含量」,於使用熱硬化劑(B2)之情形時為環氧樹脂(B1)及熱硬化劑(B2)之總含量,於未使用熱硬化劑(B2)之情形時為環氧樹脂(B1)之含量。 In the composition (III) and the protective film-forming film, the content of the thermosetting component (B) is 100 parts by mass relative to the total content of the polymer component (A) and the thermosetting component (B), preferably 10 parts by mass. to 70 parts by mass, more preferably 15 to 60 parts by mass, further preferably 20 to 50 parts by mass, for example, 25 to 40 parts by mass. When the aforementioned content of the thermosetting component (B) falls within these ranges, for example, the adhesion between the cured product of the protective film-forming film and the support sheet can be suppressed and the peelability of the support sheet can be improved. Here, when the thermosetting component (B) is an epoxy thermosetting resin, the "content of the thermosetting component (B)" is "the content of the thermosetting component (B)", and when a thermosetting agent (B2) is used, it is an epoxy resin. The total content of (B1) and thermosetting agent (B2) is the content of epoxy resin (B1) when thermosetting agent (B2) is not used.

[硬化促進劑(C)] 組成物(III)及保護膜形成膜亦可含有硬化促進劑(C)。硬化促進劑(C)為用以調整組成物(III)之硬化速度之成分。 作為較佳硬化促進劑(C),例如可列舉:三乙二胺、苄基二甲胺、三乙醇胺、二甲基胺基乙醇、三(二甲基胺基甲基)苯酚、6-2-(2-甲基-1H-咪唑-1-基)乙基-1,3,5-三嗪-2,4-二胺等三級胺;2-甲基咪唑、2-苯基咪唑、2-苯基-4-甲基咪唑、2-苯基-4,5-二羥甲基咪唑、2-苯基-4-甲基-5-羥甲基咪唑、2-十一基咪唑等咪唑類(由氫原子以外之基取代一個以上的氫原子之咪唑);三丁基膦、二苯基膦、三苯基膦等有機膦類(由有機基取代一個以上的氫原子之膦);四苯基鏻四苯基硼酸、三苯基膦四苯基硼酸等四苯基硼酸鹽等。 [Harding accelerator (C)] The composition (III) and the protective film forming film may also contain a hardening accelerator (C). The hardening accelerator (C) is a component for adjusting the hardening speed of the composition (III). Preferred hardening accelerators (C) include, for example, triethylenediamine, benzyldimethylamine, triethanolamine, dimethylaminoethanol, tris(dimethylaminomethyl)phenol, 6-2 -(2-Methyl-1H-imidazol-1-yl)ethyl-1,3,5-triazine-2,4-diamine and other tertiary amines; 2-methylimidazole, 2-phenylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4-methylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4,5-dihydroxymethylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4-methyl-5-hydroxymethylimidazole, 2-undecylimidazole, etc. Imidazole (imidazole with one or more hydrogen atoms substituted by a group other than hydrogen atom); organic phosphine such as tributylphosphine, diphenylphosphine, triphenylphosphine (phosphine with one or more hydrogen atoms substituted with organic group) ; Tetraphenylborate such as tetraphenylphosphonium tetraphenylboric acid, triphenylphosphine tetraphenylboric acid, etc.

組成物(III)及保護膜形成膜所含有之硬化促進劑(C)亦可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,於兩種以上之情形時,可任意選擇該等組合及比率。The hardening accelerator (C) contained in the composition (III) and the protective film-forming film may be only one type, or may be two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio may be selected arbitrarily.

由更容易調整第一試驗片及第二試驗片之儲存彈性模數E’(特別是E’(1)、E’(2)、及E’(3))之觀點,硬化促進劑(C)較佳為咪唑類。From the viewpoint of making it easier to adjust the storage elastic modulus E' (especially E'(1), E'(2), and E'(3)) of the first test piece and the second test piece, the hardening accelerator (C ) are preferably imidazoles.

於使用硬化促進劑(C)之情形時,於組成物(III)及保護膜形成膜中,硬化促進劑(C) 之含量相對熱硬化性成分(B)之含量100質量份,較佳為1質量份至13質量份,例如,亦可為3質量份至13質量份、6質量份至13質量份、及9質量份至13質量份中任一範圍,亦可為1質量份至10質量份、及1質量份至7質量份中任一範圍,亦可為3質量份至10質量份。藉由硬化促進劑(C)之前述含量為前述下限值以上,而能夠進而顯著地獲得使用硬化促進劑(C)之功效。藉由硬化促進劑(C)之含量為前述上限值以下,例如抑制高極性的硬化促進劑(C)於高溫/高濕度條件下,於保護膜形成膜中移動至保護膜形成膜與受黏附體之間之接著界面側而偏析的功效變高。其結果為,進一步提高藉由使用保護膜形成膜而獲得之附有保護膜之晶片之可靠性。When a hardening accelerator (C) is used, the content of the hardening accelerator (C) in the composition (III) and the protective film-forming film is preferably 100 parts by mass relative to the content of the thermosetting component (B). 1 to 13 parts by mass. For example, it may be any one of 3 to 13 parts by mass, 6 to 13 parts by mass, and 9 to 13 parts by mass. It may also be 1 to 10 parts by mass. Parts by mass, any range from 1 part by mass to 7 parts by mass, or 3 parts by mass to 10 parts by mass. By setting the aforementioned content of the hardening accelerator (C) to be equal to or more than the aforementioned lower limit, the effect of using the hardening accelerator (C) can be further significantly obtained. By keeping the content of the hardening accelerator (C) below the aforementioned upper limit, for example, the highly polar hardening accelerator (C) is inhibited from moving in the protective film-forming film to the protective film-forming film and the subject under high temperature/high humidity conditions. The segregation efficiency becomes higher due to the interface side between adherends. As a result, the reliability of the protective film-attached wafer obtained by using the protective film forming film is further improved.

[填充材料(D)] 組成物(III)及保護膜形成膜較佳為含有填充材料(D)。藉由保護膜形成膜含有填充材料(D),而能更容易調節前述第一試驗片及前述第二試驗片之儲存彈性模數E’(特別是E’(1)、E’(2)、及E’(3))。更具體而言,藉由調節保護膜形成膜之填充材料(D)的含量,而能夠更容易調節第一試驗片及第二試驗片之儲存彈性模數E’(特別是E’(1)、E’(2)、及E’(3))。另外,藉由保護膜形成膜含有填充材料(D),調整保護膜形成膜及保護膜的熱膨脹係數變得更容易,藉由將此熱膨脹係數配合保護膜之形成對象物最佳化,而進一步提高藉由使用保護膜形成膜而獲得之附有保護膜的晶片之可靠性。另外,藉由保護膜形成膜含有填充材料(D),而能夠減低保護膜的吸濕率,或能夠提高散熱性。 [Filling material (D)] The composition (III) and the protective film-forming film preferably contain the filler (D). Since the protective film-forming film contains the filler (D), the storage elastic modulus E' (especially E'(1), E'(2)) of the first test piece and the second test piece can be more easily adjusted. , and E'(3)). More specifically, by adjusting the content of the filling material (D) of the protective film-forming film, the storage elastic modulus E' (especially E'(1)) of the first test piece and the second test piece can be more easily adjusted. , E'(2), and E'(3)). In addition, since the protective film-forming film contains the filler (D), it becomes easier to adjust the thermal expansion coefficient of the protective film-forming film and the protective film, and by optimizing the thermal expansion coefficient in accordance with the object to be formed of the protective film, it is further possible The reliability of a protective film-attached wafer obtained by using a protective film forming film is improved. In addition, since the protective film-forming film contains the filler (D), the moisture absorption rate of the protective film can be reduced or the heat dissipation property can be improved.

填充材料(D)亦可為有機填充材料及無機填充材料中任一種,但較佳為無機填充材料。 作為較佳無機填充材料,例如,可列舉:氧化矽、鋁氧(alumina)、滑石、碳酸鈣、鈦白、鐵丹、碳化矽、氮化硼等粉末;將該等無機填充材料球形化的珠粒;該等無機填充材料之表面改質品;該等無機填充材料之單結晶繊維;玻璃纖維等。 其中,無機填充材料較佳為氧化矽或鋁氧(alumina),更佳為氧化矽。 The filler (D) may be either an organic filler or an inorganic filler, but an inorganic filler is preferred. Preferred inorganic fillers include, for example, silicon oxide, alumina, talc, calcium carbonate, titanium dioxide, titanium dioxide, silicon carbide, boron nitride and other powders; these inorganic fillers can be spherical Beads; surface modifications of these inorganic filler materials; single crystalline fibers of these inorganic filler materials; glass fibers, etc. Among them, the inorganic filler material is preferably silicon oxide or alumina, and more preferably silicon oxide.

由提高於保護膜形成用組成物中的填充材料(D)對其餘成分之分散性的觀點,前述氧化矽較佳為以有機基修飾表面的氧化矽,更佳為以乙烯基、環氧基、苯基、或甲基丙烯基修飾表面的氧化矽,尤佳為以乙烯基或環氧基修飾表面的氧化矽。From the viewpoint of improving the dispersibility of the filler (D) in the protective film-forming composition to other components, the silicon oxide is preferably a silicon oxide whose surface is modified with an organic group, and more preferably a silicon oxide with a vinyl or epoxy group. , phenyl, or methacryl group-modified silicon oxide on the surface, especially silicon oxide with a vinyl or epoxy group-modified surface.

由提高保護膜形成用組成物中的填充材料(D)對其餘成分的分散性之觀點,填充材料(D)之平均粒徑較佳為0.02μm至2μm,更佳為0.05μm至0.7μm,尤佳為0.07μm至0.5μm。From the viewpoint of improving the dispersibility of the filler (D) in the protective film-forming composition to the remaining components, the average particle size of the filler (D) is preferably 0.02 μm to 2 μm, more preferably 0.05 μm to 0.7 μm. Particularly preferred is 0.07 μm to 0.5 μm.

本說明書中,「平均粒徑」只要無特別另外說明,意指:於使用電子顯微鏡而觀察作為對象物之粒子並隨機選擇100個粒子,算出從平面觀看這些粒徑時之算術平均值([從平面觀看100個粒子的粒徑之合計值]/100)。再者,作為此時之粒徑,可採用藉由連接從平面觀看的粒子之外圍上的任兩點而獲得之線段(line segment)之最大值。 例如,針對如保護膜形成膜中的填充材料(D)此種樹脂膜中的粒子,藉由煅燒樹脂膜而使樹脂成分消失後,對殘餘的粒子,利用前述之方法而求出平均粒徑。 In this specification, "average particle diameter" means, unless otherwise specified, the particle diameter of a target object is observed using an electron microscope, 100 particles are randomly selected, and the arithmetic mean value ([ The total particle diameter of 100 particles when viewed from a plane]/100). Furthermore, as the particle diameter at this time, the maximum value of a line segment obtained by connecting any two points on the outer periphery of the particle when viewed from a plane can be used. For example, for particles in a resin film such as the filler (D) in a protective film-forming film, after the resin component disappears by calcining the resin film, the average particle size of the remaining particles is determined by the method described above. .

組成物(III)及保護膜形成膜所含有的填充材料(D)亦可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,於兩種以上之情形時,可任意選擇該等組合及比率。The filler material (D) contained in the composition (III) and the protective film-forming film may be only one type, or may be two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio may be selected arbitrarily.

於使用填充材料(D)之情形時,於保護膜形成膜中的填充材料(D) 的含量相對保護膜形成膜之總質量之比率,較佳為20質量%至70質量%,例如亦可為30質量%至70質量%、40質量%至70質量%、及50質量%至70質量%中任一範圍。藉由前述比率落入該等範圍,而能更容易調節前述之第一試驗片及前述第二試驗片之儲存彈性模數E’(特別是E’(1)、E’(2)、及E’(3))。When the filler material (D) is used, the ratio of the content of the filler material (D) in the protective film-forming film to the total mass of the protective film-forming film is preferably 20 mass % to 70 mass %. For example, it may also be It is any one of the ranges of 30 mass% to 70 mass%, 40 mass% to 70 mass%, and 50 mass% to 70 mass%. By falling into these ranges, the storage elastic modulus E' (especially E'(1), E'(2), and E'(3)).

[偶合劑(E)] 組成物(III)及保護膜形成膜亦可含有偶合劑(E)。作為偶合劑(E),藉由使用具有與無機化合物或有機化合物可反應之官能基之偶合劑,而能夠提高由保護膜形成膜所形成之保護膜對於受黏附體之接著性。另外,藉由使用偶合劑(E),前述保護膜可在不損及耐熱性的前提下提高耐水性。 [Coupling agent (E)] The composition (III) and the protective film-forming film may also contain the coupling agent (E). By using a coupling agent having a functional group that can react with an inorganic compound or an organic compound as the coupling agent (E), the adhesiveness of the protective film formed of the protective film-forming film to the adherend can be improved. In addition, by using the coupling agent (E), the protective film can improve the water resistance without impairing the heat resistance.

偶合劑(E)較佳為具有可與聚合物成分(A)、熱硬化性成分(B)等所具有的官能基進行反應之官能基的化合物,較佳為矽烷偶合劑。The coupling agent (E) is preferably a compound having a functional group capable of reacting with the functional group possessed by the polymer component (A), the thermosetting component (B), etc., and is preferably a silane coupling agent.

作為較佳前述矽烷偶合劑,例如,可列舉:3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-(2-胺基乙基胺基)丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-(2-胺基乙基胺基)丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-(苯基胺基)丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-苯胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-脲基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、雙(3-三乙氧基矽基丙基)四硫化物、甲基三甲氧基矽烷、甲基三乙氧基矽烷、乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基三乙醯氧基矽烷、咪唑矽烷等。Preferable silane coupling agents include, for example, 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, and 3-glycidoxypropyl Triethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxymethyldiethoxysilane, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethyl Oxysilane, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-(2-aminoethylamino)propyltrimethoxysilane, 3-(2-aminoethylamino)propylmethyl Diethoxysilane, 3-(phenylamino)propyltrimethoxysilane, 3-anilinopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-ureidopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropyltrimethyl Oxysilane, 3-mercaptopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, bis(3-triethoxysilylpropyl)tetrasulfide, methyltrimethoxysilane, methyltriethoxysilane, ethylene Trimethoxysilane, vinyltriethyloxysilane, imidazolesilane, etc.

組成物(III)及保護膜形成膜所含有的偶合劑(E)亦可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,於兩種以上之情形時,可任意選擇該等組合及比率。The coupling agent (E) contained in the composition (III) and the protective film-forming film may be only one type, or may be two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio may be selected arbitrarily.

於使用偶合劑(E)之情形時,於組成物(III)及保護膜形成膜中,偶合劑(E) 之含量相對聚合物成分(A)及熱硬化性成分(B)之總含量100質量份,較佳為0.03質量份至10質量份,更佳為0.05質量份至5質量份,尤佳為0.1質量份至2質量份。藉由偶合劑(E)之前述含量落入該等範圍,而能某程度抑制保護膜形成膜與受黏附體之間化學匹配性,以使調整黏著性及剝離性變得更容易。另一方面,藉由偶合劑(E)之前述含量為前述下限值以上,而更顯著地呈現利用偶合劑(E)所致之功效,如提高填充材料(D)對於樹脂之分散性、提高保護膜形成膜與受黏附體之間之接著性等。藉由偶合劑(E)之前述含量為前述上限值以下,而能進一步抑制逸氣。When a coupling agent (E) is used, the content of the coupling agent (E) in the composition (III) and the protective film-forming film is 100% relative to the total content of the polymer component (A) and the thermosetting component (B). Parts by mass are preferably 0.03 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 5 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.1 to 2 parts by mass. When the aforementioned content of the coupling agent (E) falls within these ranges, the chemical matching between the protective film-forming film and the adherend can be inhibited to a certain extent, making it easier to adjust the adhesion and peelability. On the other hand, since the aforementioned content of the coupling agent (E) is above the aforementioned lower limit, the effects caused by the use of the coupling agent (E) are more significantly exhibited, such as improving the dispersibility of the filler (D) in the resin, Improve the adhesion between the protective film forming film and the adherend, etc. By setting the aforementioned content of the coupling agent (E) to below the aforementioned upper limit, outgassing can be further suppressed.

[交聯劑(F)] 於使用具有與前述丙烯酸樹脂等其他化合物可鍵結之乙烯基、(甲基)丙烯醯基、胺基、羥基、羧基、異氰酸基等官能基之成分作為聚合物成分(A)時,組成物(III)及保護膜形成膜亦可含有交聯劑(F)。交聯劑(F)為用以使聚合物成分(A)中的前述官能基與其他化合物鍵結而進行交聯之成分,藉由如此進行交聯,而能夠調節保護膜形成膜的黏著力及凝聚力。 [Crosslinking agent (F)] When using a component having functional groups such as a vinyl group, a (meth)acryl group, an amine group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, and an isocyanato group that can be bonded to other compounds such as the aforementioned acrylic resin as the polymer component (A), The composition (III) and the protective film-forming film may also contain a cross-linking agent (F). The cross-linking agent (F) is a component for cross-linking by bonding the aforementioned functional groups in the polymer component (A) to other compounds. By cross-linking in this way, the adhesive force of the protective film-forming film can be adjusted. and cohesion.

作為交聯劑(F),例如,可列舉:有機多元異氰酸酯化合物、有機多元亞胺化合物、金屬螯合系交聯劑(具有金屬螯合結構的交聯劑)、氮丙啶系交聯劑(具有氮丙啶基的交聯劑)等。Examples of the cross-linking agent (F) include organic polyvalent isocyanate compounds, organic polyvalent imine compounds, metal chelate-based cross-linking agents (cross-linking agents having a metal chelate structure), and aziridine-based cross-linking agents. (Crosslinking agent with aziridine group) etc.

組成物(III)及保護膜形成膜所含有的交聯劑(F)亦可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,於兩種以上之情形時,可任意選擇該等組合及比率。The cross-linking agent (F) contained in the composition (III) and the protective film-forming film may be only one type, or may be two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio may be selected arbitrarily.

由提高保護膜形成用組成物之經時穩定性之觀點,組成物(III)較佳為不含有交聯劑(F),或於組成物(III)中交聯劑(F)之含量少,例如,交聯劑(F)相對於聚合物成分(A)之含量100質量份之含量為未達0.01質量份等。 相對於此,於使用一定量以上之交聯劑(F)的情形時,於組成物(III)中,交聯劑(F) 之含量相對於聚合物成分(A)之含量100質量份,較佳為0.01質量份至20質量份,更佳為0.1質量份至10質量份,尤佳為0.5質量份至5質量份。藉由交聯劑(F)之前述含量為前述下限值以上,而更顯著得呈現使用交聯劑(F)的功效。藉由交聯劑(F)之前述含量為前述上限值以下,而能抑制交聯劑(F)使用過剩。 From the viewpoint of improving the stability over time of the composition for forming a protective film, it is preferable that the composition (III) does not contain the cross-linking agent (F), or that the content of the cross-linking agent (F) in the composition (III) is small. , for example, the content of the cross-linking agent (F) relative to 100 parts by mass of the content of the polymer component (A) is less than 0.01 parts by mass. On the other hand, when more than a certain amount of the cross-linking agent (F) is used, the content of the cross-linking agent (F) in the composition (III) is 100 parts by mass relative to the content of the polymer component (A). Preferably it is 0.01 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, still more preferably 0.5 to 5 parts by mass. Since the aforementioned content of the cross-linking agent (F) is above the aforementioned lower limit, the effect of using the cross-linking agent (F) is more significantly demonstrated. When the content of the cross-linking agent (F) is equal to or less than the upper limit, excessive use of the cross-linking agent (F) can be suppressed.

[能量線硬化性樹脂(G)] 組成物(III)及保護膜形成膜亦可含有能量線硬化性樹脂(G)。藉由保護膜形成膜含有能量線硬化性樹脂(G),能以照射能量線而變化特性。 [Energy ray curable resin (G)] The composition (III) and the protective film-forming film may contain energy ray curable resin (G). The protective film forming film contains energy ray curable resin (G) and can change its characteristics by irradiating energy rays.

能量線硬化性樹脂(G)為能量線硬化性化合物、或者能夠視為由能量線硬化性化合物所合成的寡聚物或聚合物(polymer)。 作為前述能量線硬化性化合物,例如可舉例於分子內具有至少一個聚合性雙鍵之化合物,較佳為具有(甲基)丙烯醯基之丙烯酸酯系化合物。 The energy ray curable resin (G) is an energy ray curable compound, or can be regarded as an oligomer or polymer (polymer) synthesized from an energy ray curable compound. Examples of the energy ray curable compound include compounds having at least one polymerizable double bond in the molecule, and preferably are acrylate compounds having a (meth)acrylyl group.

作為前述丙烯酸酯系化合物,例如,可列舉:三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、四羥甲基甲烷四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇單羥五(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,4-丁二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯等含有鏈狀脂肪族骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯;二環戊基二(甲基)丙烯酸酯(dicyclopentanyl di(meth)acrylate)等含有環狀脂肪族骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯;聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸等聚烷二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯;寡酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯;胺基甲酸酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯寡聚物;環氧變性(甲基)丙烯酸酯;前述聚烷二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯以外之聚醚(甲基)丙烯酸酯;伊康酸寡聚物等。Examples of the acrylate compound include: trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, tetramethylolmethane tetra(meth)acrylate, neopentylerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, Neopenterythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, dipenterythritol monohydroxypenta(meth)acrylate, dipenterythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, 1,4-butanediol di(meth)acrylate dicyclopentanyl di(meth)acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di(meth)acrylate and other (meth)acrylates containing chain aliphatic skeleton; dicyclopentanyl di(meth)acrylate )acrylate) and other (meth)acrylates containing a cyclic aliphatic skeleton; polyalkylene glycol (meth)acrylates such as polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylic acid; oligoester (meth)acrylates; amines Formate (meth)acrylate oligomer; epoxy modified (meth)acrylate; polyether (meth)acrylate other than the aforementioned polyalkylene glycol (meth)acrylate; itaconic acid oligo Polymer etc.

前述能量線硬化性化合物之重量平均分子量較佳為100至30000,更佳為300至10000。The weight average molecular weight of the energy ray curable compound is preferably 100 to 30,000, more preferably 300 to 10,000.

用於合成前述寡聚物或聚合物的前述能量線硬化性化合物亦可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,於兩種以上之情形時,可任意選擇該等組合及比率。The energy ray curable compound used to synthesize the oligomer or polymer may be only one type, or may be two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio may be selected arbitrarily.

組成物(III)及保護膜形成膜所含有的能量線硬化性樹脂(G)亦可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,於兩種以上之情形時,可任意選擇該等組合及比率。The energy ray curable resin (G) contained in the composition (III) and the protective film-forming film may be only one type, or may be two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio may be selected arbitrarily. .

於使用能量線硬化性樹脂(G)之情形時,於組成物(III)中,能量線硬化性樹脂(G) 之含量相對組成物(III)之總質量之比率較佳為1質量%至30質量%,更佳為5質量%至25質量%,尤佳為10質量%至20質量%。In the case of using energy ray curable resin (G), in the composition (III), the ratio of the content of the energy ray curable resin (G) to the total mass of the composition (III) is preferably 1 mass % to 30 mass%, more preferably 5 to 25 mass%, particularly preferably 10 to 20 mass%.

[光聚合起始劑(H)] 於組成物(III)及保護膜形成膜含有能量線硬化性樹脂(G)之情形時,為了以高效率地進行能量線硬化性樹脂(G)之聚合反應,亦可含有光聚合起始劑(H)。 [Photopolymerization initiator (H)] When the composition (III) and the protective film-forming film contain the energy ray curable resin (G), a photopolymerization initiator may be included in order to efficiently carry out the polymerization reaction of the energy ray curable resin (G). (H).

作為組成物(III)中的光聚合起始劑(H),例如,可列舉:安息香、安息香甲醚、安息香乙醚、安息香異丙醚、安息香異丁醚、安息香苯甲酸、安息香苯甲酸甲酯、安息香二甲基縮酮等安息香化合物;苯乙酮、2-羥基-2-甲基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、2,2-二甲氧基-1,2-二苯基乙烷-1-酮、2-羥基-1-(4-(4-(2-羥基-2-甲基丙醯基)苄基)苯基)-2-甲基丙烷-1-酮、2-(二甲胺基)-1-(4-嗎啉苯基)-2-苄基-1-丁酮等苯乙酮化合物;雙(2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基)苯基氧化膦、2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基二苯基氧化膦等醯基氧化膦化合物;苄基苯基硫醚、一硫化四甲基秋蘭姆等硫醚化合物;1-羥基環己基苯基酮等α-酮醇化合物;偶氮雙異丁腈等偶氮化合物;二茂鈦等二茂鈦化合物;噻噸酮等噻噸酮化合物;過氧化物化合物;二乙醯等二酮化合物;苯偶醯;二苯偶醯;二苯甲酮;2,4-二乙基噻噸酮;1,2-二苯基甲烷;2-羥基-2-甲基-1-[4-(1-甲基乙烯基)苯基]丙酮;1-氯蒽醌、2-氯蒽醌等醌化合物。 另外,作為光聚合起始劑(H),例如可舉例胺等光敏劑等等。 Examples of the photopolymerization initiator (H) in the composition (III) include benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, benzoic acid, and benzoin methyl benzoate. , benzoin compounds such as benzoin dimethyl ketal; acetophenone, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2-diphenyl Ethane-1-one, 2-hydroxy-1-(4-(4-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropanyl)benzyl)phenyl)-2-methylpropan-1-one, 2 -(Dimethylamino)-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-2-benzyl-1-butanone and other acetophenone compounds; bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzyl) Phenylphosphine oxide, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyldiphenylphosphine oxide and other phosphine oxide compounds; benzylphenyl sulfide, tetramethylthiuram monosulfide and other thioether compounds; α-ketol compounds such as 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenyl ketone; azo compounds such as azobisisobutyronitrile; titanocene compounds such as titanocene; thioxanthone compounds such as thioxanthone; peroxide compounds; Acetyl and other diketone compounds; benzyl; diphenyl; benzophenone; 2,4-diethylthioxanthone; 1,2-diphenylmethane; 2-hydroxy-2-methyl- 1-[4-(1-methylvinyl)phenyl]acetone; 1-chloroanthraquinone, 2-chloroanthraquinone and other quinone compounds. Examples of the photopolymerization initiator (H) include photosensitizers such as amines.

組成物(III)及保護膜形成膜所含有的光聚合起始劑(H)亦可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,於兩種以上之情形時,可任意選擇該等組合及比率。The photopolymerization initiator (H) contained in the composition (III) and the protective film-forming film may be only one type, or may be two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio may be selected arbitrarily. .

於使用光聚合起始劑(H)之情形時,於組成物(III)中,光聚合起始劑(H) 之含量,相對能量線硬化性樹脂(G)之含量100質量份,較佳為0.1質量份至20質量份,更佳為1質量份至10質量份,尤佳為2質量份至5質量份。When a photopolymerization initiator (H) is used, the content of the photopolymerization initiator (H) in the composition (III) is preferably 100 parts by mass relative to the content of the energy ray curable resin (G). It is 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 10 parts by mass, particularly preferably 2 to 5 parts by mass.

[著色劑(I)] 組成物(III)及保護膜形成膜較佳為含有著色劑(I)。藉由含有著色劑(I),而能容易調節保護膜形成膜及保護膜之透光性。 [Color(I)] The composition (III) and the protective film-forming film preferably contain the colorant (I). By containing the colorant (I), the light transmittance of the protective film-forming film and the protective film can be easily adjusted.

作為著色劑(I),例如可舉例:無機系顏料、有機系顏料、有機系染料等公知之著色劑。Examples of the colorant (I) include known colorants such as inorganic pigments, organic pigments, and organic dyes.

作為前述有機系顏料及有機系染料,例如可列舉:胺鎓系色素、花青系色素、部花青系色素、克酮鎓系色素、角鯊烯鎓系色素、薁鎓系色素、聚次甲基系色素、萘醌系色素、吡喃鎓系色素、酞菁系色素、萘酞菁系色素、萘內醯胺系色素、偶氮系色素、縮合偶氮系色素、靛藍系色素、芘酮系色素、苝系色素、二噁嗪系色素、喹吖啶酮系色素、異吲哚啉酮系色素、喹酞酮系色素、吡咯系色素、硫靛藍系色素、金屬錯合物系色素(金屬錯鹽染料)、二硫醇金屬錯合物系色素、吲哚苯酚系色素、三烯丙基甲烷系色素、蒽醌系色素、萘酚系色素、甲亞胺系色素、苯并咪唑酮系色素、皮蒽酮系色素以及士林系色素等。Examples of the organic pigments and organic dyes include: amine-based pigments, cyanine-based pigments, merocyanine-based pigments, ketonium-based pigments, squalene-based pigments, azulium-based pigments, and polysulfide pigments. Methyl pigments, naphthoquinone pigments, pyranium pigments, phthalocyanine pigments, naphthalocyanine pigments, naphtholactam pigments, azo pigments, condensed azo pigments, indigo pigments, pyrene Ketone pigments, perylene pigments, dioxazine pigments, quinacridone pigments, isoindolinone pigments, quinphthalone pigments, pyrrole pigments, thioindigo pigments, metal complex pigments (Metal complex dyes), dithiol metal complex pigments, indolephenol pigments, triallylmethane pigments, anthraquinone pigments, naphthol pigments, methimine pigments, benzimidazole Ketone pigments, picanthrone pigments and Shilin pigments, etc.

作為前述無機系顏料,例如可列舉:碳黑、鈷系色素、鐵系色素、鉻系色素、鈦系色素、釩系色素、鋯系色素、鉬系色素、釕系色素、鉑系色素、ITO(Indium Tin Oxide,氧化銦錫)系色素、ATO(Antimony Tin Oxide,氧化銻錫)系色素等。Examples of the inorganic pigment include carbon black, cobalt-based pigments, iron-based pigments, chromium-based pigments, titanium-based pigments, vanadium-based pigments, zirconium-based pigments, molybdenum-based pigments, ruthenium-based pigments, platinum-based pigments, and ITO (Indium Tin Oxide, indium tin oxide) based pigments, ATO (Antimony Tin Oxide, antimony tin oxide) based pigments, etc.

組成物(III)以及保護膜形成膜所含有之著色劑(I)可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,於為兩種以上之情形時,這些著色劑(I)的組合及比率可任意選擇。The colorant (I) contained in the composition (III) and the protective film-forming film may be only one type, or may be two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these coloring agents (I) may be Take your pick.

於使用著色劑(I)之情形時,保護膜形成膜之著色劑(I)之含量係可根據目的適宜調節。例如,藉由調節保護膜形成膜之著色劑(I)之含量,以調解保護膜形成膜之透光性,而能調節於對保護膜形成膜或保護膜進行雷射印字時之印字辨識性。另外,藉由調節保護膜形成膜之著色劑(I)之含量,而能提高保護膜之創意性,或是可使晶圓內面之研削痕難以看到。考量該等觀點,於保護膜形成膜中,著色劑(I)之含量相對於保護膜形成膜之總質量之比率較佳為0.1質量%至10質量%,更佳為0.1質量%至7.5質量%,尤佳為0.1質量%至5質量%。藉由前述比率為前述下限值以上,而更顯著地呈現使用著色劑(I)之功效。例如,於自受黏附體剝離保護膜形成膜時,以目視方式容易確認到保護膜形成膜有無殘留於受黏附體。藉由前述比率為前述上限值以下,而能抑制著色劑(I)使用過剩。When the colorant (I) is used, the content of the colorant (I) in the protective film-forming film can be appropriately adjusted according to the purpose. For example, by adjusting the content of the colorant (I) in the protective film-forming film to adjust the light transmittance of the protective film-forming film, it is possible to adjust the printing legibility when laser printing is performed on the protective film-forming film or the protective film. . In addition, by adjusting the content of the colorant (I) in the protective film-forming film, the creativity of the protective film can be improved, or the grinding marks on the inner surface of the wafer can be made difficult to see. Taking these viewpoints into account, in the protective film-forming film, the content of the colorant (I) relative to the total mass of the protective film-forming film is preferably 0.1 mass % to 10 mass %, more preferably 0.1 mass % to 7.5 mass % %, preferably 0.1 mass% to 5 mass%. When the aforementioned ratio is equal to or higher than the aforementioned lower limit value, the effect of using the colorant (I) is more significantly exhibited. For example, when the protective film-forming film is peeled off from the adherend, it is easy to visually confirm whether the protective film-forming film remains on the adherend. When the ratio is equal to or less than the upper limit, excessive use of the colorant (I) can be suppressed.

[汎用型添加劑(J)] 組成物(III)及保護膜形成膜於不損及本發明之功效的範圍內,亦可含有汎用型添加劑(J)。 汎用型添加劑(J)亦可為公知之添加劑,可根據目的任意選擇,雖無特別限定,作為較佳之汎用型添加劑,例如可列舉:塑化劑、防靜電劑、抗氧化劑、吸氣劑、紫外線吸收劑等。 [General purpose additive (J)] The composition (III) and the protective film-forming film may also contain a general-purpose additive (J) within the scope that does not impair the efficacy of the present invention. The general-purpose additive (J) may also be a well-known additive and can be selected arbitrarily according to the purpose. Although there is no particular limitation, preferred general-purpose additives include, for example: plasticizers, antistatic agents, antioxidants, getters, UV absorbers, etc.

組成物(III)及保護膜形成膜所含有的汎用型添加劑(J)亦可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,於兩種以上之情形時,可任意選擇該等組合及比率。 組成物(III)及保護膜形成膜之汎用型添加劑(J)之含量則無特別限定,可以根據目的適宜選擇。 The general-purpose additive (J) contained in the composition (III) and the protective film-forming film may be only one type, or may be two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio may be selected arbitrarily. The contents of the composition (III) and the general-purpose additive (J) for forming a protective film are not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose.

[溶媒] 組成物(III)較佳係進而含有溶媒。含有溶媒之組成物(III)之操作性變得良好。 於本說明書中,只要無特別另外說明之情形下,「溶媒」除了用以溶解對象成分以外,亦包含用以分散對象成分之分散媒的概念。 [solvent] The composition (III) preferably further contains a solvent. The composition (III) containing a solvent has good operability. In this specification, unless otherwise specified, "solvent" includes the concept of a dispersion medium used to disperse the target component in addition to dissolving the target component.

前述溶媒並無特別限定,作為較佳之溶媒,例如可列舉:甲苯、二甲苯等烴;甲醇、乙醇、2-丙醇、異丁醇(2-甲基丙烷-1-醇)、1-丁醇等醇;乙酸乙酯等酯;丙酮、甲基乙基酮等酮;四氫呋喃等醚;二甲基甲醯胺、N-甲基吡咯烷酮等醯胺(具有醯胺鍵之化合物)等。 組成物(III)所含有之溶媒可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,於為兩種以上之情形時,這些溶媒的組合及比率可任意選擇。 The aforementioned solvent is not particularly limited. Examples of preferred solvents include: hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, isobutanol (2-methylpropan-1-ol), 1-butanol Alcohols such as alcohol; esters such as ethyl acetate; ketones such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone; ethers such as tetrahydrofuran; amide such as dimethylformamide and N-methylpyrrolidone (compounds with amide bonds), etc. The solvent contained in composition (III) may be only one type, or may be two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these solvents may be selected arbitrarily.

作為組成物(III)所含有的溶媒之較佳例子,例如,由能夠使組成物(III)中的含有成分更均勻混合之觀點,可舉出:甲基乙基酮、甲苯、乙酸乙酯等。Preferable examples of the solvent contained in the composition (III) include, for example, methyl ethyl ketone, toluene, and ethyl acetate from the viewpoint of allowing the components contained in the composition (III) to be mixed more uniformly. wait.

組成物(III)之溶媒之含量則無特別限定,例如,可根據溶媒以外之成分的種類來適宜選擇。The content of the solvent in the composition (III) is not particularly limited. For example, it can be appropriately selected depending on the types of components other than the solvent.

<保護膜形成用組成物(III)之製造方法> 組成物(III)係可藉由調配用以構成該組成物之各成分而獲得。 各成分的調配時之添加順序並無特別限定,亦可將兩種以上的成分同時添加。 於調配時混合各成分之方法並無特別限定,自以下之公知的方法中適合選擇即可:使攪拌子或攪拌翼等旋轉而進行混合之方法;使用混合機進行混合之方法;施加超音波進行混合之方法等。 關於添加及混合各成分時的溫度及時間,只要不使各調配成分劣化,則並無特別限定,適合調節即可,溫度較佳為15℃至30℃。 <Production method of protective film forming composition (III)> Composition (III) can be obtained by blending each component constituting the composition. The order in which each component is added is not particularly limited, and two or more components may be added at the same time. The method of mixing the ingredients during preparation is not particularly limited, and any method can be appropriately selected from the following known methods: mixing by rotating a stirrer or stirring blade; mixing with a mixer; application of ultrasonic waves Mixing methods, etc. The temperature and time when adding and mixing each component are not particularly limited as long as the components are not deteriorated and can be adjusted appropriately. The temperature is preferably 15°C to 30°C.

◎保護膜形成膜之例子 圖1係以示意方式表示本實施形態的保護膜形成膜之一例之剖面圖。此外,以下之說明所用之圖有時為了容易理解本發明之特徵,為方便起見而將成為要部之部分放大表示,各構成要素之尺寸比率等未必與實際相同。 ◎Examples of protective film forming films FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing an example of the protective film-forming film according to this embodiment. In addition, the drawings used in the following description may show essential parts enlarged for convenience in order to facilitate understanding of the features of the present invention, and the dimensional ratios of each component may not be the same as the actual ones.

此處所示之保護膜形成膜13於其中一面(本說明書之中,有時稱為「第一面」)13a上具備第一剝離膜151,於與前述第一面13a相反側的另一面(本說明書之中,有時稱為「第二面」)13b上具備第二剝離膜152。 這種保護膜形成膜13例如適於以輥狀保存。 The protective film forming film 13 shown here is provided with a first release film 151 on one side (sometimes referred to as the "first side" in this specification) 13a, and on the other side opposite to the first side 13a. The second release film 152 is provided on the surface 13b (sometimes referred to as the "second surface" in this specification). This protective film forming film 13 is suitable for storage in a roll shape, for example.

於對使用保護膜形成膜13而製造之第一試驗片之前述儲存彈性模數E’進行測定時,其最小值E’(1)為45MPa以下,且其最大值E’(2)為200MPa以上。 於對使用保護膜形成膜13而製造之第二試驗片之前述儲存彈性模數E’進行測定時,其最小值E’(3)為500MPa以上。 When the aforementioned storage elastic modulus E' was measured on the first test piece produced using the protective film-forming film 13, the minimum value E'(1) was 45 MPa or less, and the maximum value E'(2) was 200 MPa. above. When the aforementioned storage elastic modulus E' was measured on the second test piece produced using the protective film-forming film 13, the minimum value E'(3) was 500 MPa or more.

保護膜形成膜13可使用上述之保護膜形成用組成物來形成。The protective film forming film 13 can be formed using the above protective film forming composition.

第一剝離膜151以及第二剝離膜152可皆為公知者。第一剝離膜151以及第二剝離膜152亦可彼此相同,亦可例如自保護膜形成膜13剝離時所必需的剝離力相互不同等來相互不同。Both the first release film 151 and the second release film 152 may be known ones. The first peeling film 151 and the second peeling film 152 may be the same as each other, or may be different from each other, for example, the peeling force required when peeling off the protective film forming film 13 is different from each other.

圖1所示的保護膜形成膜13係藉由去除第一剝離膜151及第二剝離膜152中任一者而產生的露出面成為與半導體晶圓(圖示省略)之內面的貼附面。另外,於使用後述的支撐片或切割片之情形時,去除第一剝離膜151及第二剝離膜152中剩餘的另一者而所產生的保護膜形成膜13之露出面成為與前述支撐片或切割片之貼附面。The protective film forming film 13 shown in FIG. 1 has an exposed surface formed by removing either the first release film 151 or the second release film 152 and is attached to the inner surface of the semiconductor wafer (not shown). noodle. In addition, when a support sheet or a dicing sheet described later is used, the exposed surface of the protective film forming film 13 produced by removing the remaining one of the first release film 151 and the second release film 152 becomes the same as the support sheet. Or the attached surface of the cutting piece.

圖1中雖顯示了剝離膜設於保護膜形成膜13之雙面(第一面13a、第二面13b)之例子,但剝離膜亦可僅設於保護膜形成膜13中的任一面,亦即,僅設於第一面13a或僅設於第二面13b。Although FIG. 1 shows an example in which the release film is provided on both sides (the first side 13a and the second side 13b) of the protective film-forming film 13, the release film may be provided only on any one side of the protective film-forming film 13. That is, it is provided only on the first surface 13a or only on the second surface 13b.

作為本實施形態中,較佳保護膜形成膜之一例,可舉例:一種保護膜形成膜,係熱硬化性保護膜形成膜;將作為複數片前述保護膜形成膜之積層物且寬度4mm之第一試驗片隔著20mm之間隔以兩處來保持,並以拉伸模式於頻率11Hz、升溫速度3°C/min之等速升溫的條件下,一邊使前述第一試驗片自−20°C升溫至150°C,一邊對前述第一試驗片之儲存彈性模數E’進行測定時,前述儲存彈性模數E’於23°C至70°C之溫度範圍中的最小值E’(1)為45MPa以下,前述儲存彈性模數E’於23°C至70°C之溫度範圍中的最大值E’(2)為200MPa以上;將複數片前述保護膜形成膜之積層物經熱硬化所得之硬化物且寬度5mm之第二試驗片隔著20mm之間隔以兩處來保持,並以拉伸模式於頻率11Hz、升溫速度3°C/min之等速升溫的條件下,一邊使前述第二試驗片自−60°C升溫至350°C,一邊對前述第二試驗片之儲存彈性模數E’進行測定時,前述儲存彈性模數E’於23°C至70°C之溫度範圍的最小值E’(3)為500MPa以上;前述保護膜形成膜含有聚合物成分(A)、熱硬化性成分(B)及硬化促進劑(C);前述聚合物成分(A)為丙烯酸樹脂;前述熱硬化性成分(B)係由環氧樹脂(B1)及熱硬化劑(B2)所構成、或不包含熱硬化劑(B2)而僅由環氧樹脂(B1)所構成(亦即,為環氧系熱硬化性樹脂);前述硬化促進劑(C)為咪唑類。 這種保護膜形成膜亦可進一步含有填充材料(D)及著色劑(I)中的一者或兩者,前述填充材料(D)亦可為氧化矽或鋁氧(alumina)的表面改質品。 As an example of a preferable protective film-forming film in this embodiment, a protective film-forming film is a thermosetting protective film-forming film; a laminate of a plurality of protective film-forming films having a width of 4 mm One test piece is held in two places with an interval of 20 mm, and the first test piece is heated from −20°C in the tensile mode at a constant temperature with a frequency of 11 Hz and a heating rate of 3°C/min. When the temperature is raised to 150°C and the storage elastic modulus E' of the first test piece is measured, the minimum value E' (1 ) is less than 45MPa, and the maximum value E'(2) of the aforementioned storage elastic modulus E' in the temperature range of 23°C to 70°C is more than 200MPa; the laminate of a plurality of pieces of the aforementioned protective film-forming film is thermally hardened The obtained hardened material and the second test piece with a width of 5 mm were held in two places with an interval of 20 mm, and were heated in a tensile mode at a constant speed with a frequency of 11 Hz and a heating rate of 3°C/min. When the second test piece is heated from −60°C to 350°C and the storage elastic modulus E' of the second test piece is measured, the storage elastic modulus E' is at a temperature of 23°C to 70°C. The minimum value E'(3) of the range is 500MPa or more; the protective film-forming film contains a polymer component (A), a thermosetting component (B) and a hardening accelerator (C); the polymer component (A) is acrylic acid Resin; the aforementioned thermosetting component (B) is composed of epoxy resin (B1) and thermosetting agent (B2), or does not include thermosetting agent (B2) and is composed of only epoxy resin (B1) (also That is, it is an epoxy thermosetting resin); the hardening accelerator (C) is an imidazole. This protective film-forming film may further contain one or both of a filling material (D) and a coloring agent (I). The aforementioned filling material (D) may also be a surface modification of silicon oxide or aluminum oxide (alumina). Taste.

作為本實施形態的保護膜形成膜之其它較佳例,可舉例:一種保護膜形成膜,係熱硬化性保護膜形成膜;將作為複數片前述保護膜形成膜之積層物且寬度4mm之第一試驗片隔著20mm之間隔以兩處來保持,並以拉伸模式於頻率11Hz、升溫速度3°C/min之等速升溫的條件下,一邊使前述第一試驗片自−20°C升溫至150°C,一邊對前述第一試驗片之儲存彈性模數E’進行測定時,前述儲存彈性模數E’於23°C至70°C之溫度範圍中的最小值E’(1)為45MPa以下,前述儲存彈性模數E’於23°C至70°C之溫度範圍中的最大值E’(2)為200MPa以上;將複數片前述保護膜形成膜之積層物經熱硬化所得之硬化物且寬度5mm之第二試驗片隔著20mm之間隔以兩處來保持,並以拉伸模式於頻率11Hz、升溫速度3°C/min之等速升溫的條件下,一邊使前述第二試驗片自−60°C升溫至350°C,一邊對前述第二試驗片之儲存彈性模數E’進行測定時,前述儲存彈性模數E’於23°C至70°C之溫度範圍的最小值E’(3)為500MPa以上;前述保護膜形成膜含有聚合物成分(A)、熱硬化性成分(B)及硬化促進劑(C);前述聚合物成分(A)為丙烯酸樹脂;前述熱硬化性成分(B)係由環氧樹脂(B1)及熱硬化劑(B2)所構成、或不包含熱硬化劑(B2)而僅由環氧樹脂(B1)所構成(亦即,為環氧系熱硬化性樹脂);前述硬化促進劑(C)為咪唑類;於前述保護膜形成膜中,前述聚合物成分(A)的含量相對前述保護膜形成膜之總質量之比率為10質量%至85質量%;於前述保護膜形成膜中,前述熱硬化性成分(B)之含量相對前述聚合物成分(A)及熱硬化性成分(B)之總含量100質量份為10質量份至70質量份;於前述保護膜形成膜中,前述硬化促進劑(C)之含量相對前述熱硬化性成分(B)之含量100質量份為1質量份至13質量份;於前述保護膜形成膜含有前述熱硬化劑(B2)之情形時,於前述保護膜形成膜中,前述熱硬化劑(B2)之含量相對前述環氧樹脂(B1)的含量100質量份為0.1質量份至100質量份;於前述保護膜形成膜中,前述聚合物成分(A)、熱硬化性成分(B)及硬化促進劑(C)的合計含量相對前述保護膜形成膜的總質量之比率不超過100質量%。 這種其他例之保護膜形成膜中,前述聚合物成分(A)、熱硬化性成分(B)、環氧樹脂(B1)、熱硬化劑(B2)及硬化促進劑(C)之前述含量進而可為如上說明的數值範圍中任一範圍內。 As another preferred example of the protective film-forming film of this embodiment, a protective film-forming film is a thermosetting protective film-forming film; a laminate of a plurality of protective film-forming films having a width of 4 mm One test piece is held in two places with an interval of 20 mm, and the first test piece is heated from −20°C in the tensile mode at a constant temperature with a frequency of 11 Hz and a heating rate of 3°C/min. When the temperature is raised to 150°C and the storage elastic modulus E' of the first test piece is measured, the minimum value E' (1 ) is less than 45MPa, and the maximum value E'(2) of the aforementioned storage elastic modulus E' in the temperature range of 23°C to 70°C is more than 200MPa; the laminate of a plurality of pieces of the aforementioned protective film-forming film is thermally hardened The obtained hardened material and the second test piece with a width of 5 mm were held in two places with an interval of 20 mm, and were heated in a tensile mode at a constant speed with a frequency of 11 Hz and a heating rate of 3°C/min. When the second test piece is heated from −60°C to 350°C and the storage elastic modulus E' of the second test piece is measured, the storage elastic modulus E' is at a temperature of 23°C to 70°C. The minimum value E'(3) of the range is 500MPa or more; the protective film-forming film contains a polymer component (A), a thermosetting component (B) and a hardening accelerator (C); the polymer component (A) is acrylic acid Resin; the aforementioned thermosetting component (B) is composed of epoxy resin (B1) and thermosetting agent (B2), or does not include thermosetting agent (B2) and is composed of only epoxy resin (B1) (also That is, it is an epoxy thermosetting resin); the hardening accelerator (C) is an imidazole; in the protective film-forming film, the content of the polymer component (A) is relative to the total mass of the protective film-forming film. The ratio is 10% by mass to 85% by mass; in the aforementioned protective film-forming film, the content of the aforementioned thermosetting component (B) is 100 parts by mass relative to the total content of the aforementioned polymer component (A) and the thermosetting component (B). 10 to 70 parts by mass; in the protective film forming film, the content of the hardening accelerator (C) is 1 to 13 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the thermosetting component (B); When the protective film-forming film contains the thermosetting agent (B2), the content of the thermosetting agent (B2) in the protective film-forming film is 0.1 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the epoxy resin (B1). parts to 100 parts by mass; in the aforementioned protective film-forming film, the ratio of the total content of the aforementioned polymer component (A), thermosetting component (B) and hardening accelerator (C) to the total mass of the aforementioned protective film-forming film Not more than 100% by mass. In the protective film-forming film of this other example, the aforementioned polymer component (A), thermosetting component (B), epoxy resin (B1), thermosetting agent (B2), and hardening accelerator (C) are contained in the aforementioned contents. Furthermore, it may be within any of the numerical ranges explained above.

這種其他例之保護膜形成膜亦可進一步含有填充材料(D)及著色劑(I)中的一種或兩者,於此情形時;前述填充材料(D)為氧化矽或鋁氧(alumina)的表面改質品;於前述保護膜形成膜含有前述填充材料(D)之情形時,於前述保護膜形成膜中,前述填充材料(D)的含量相對前述保護膜形成膜的總質量之比率為20質量%至70質量%;於前述保護膜形成膜含有前述著色劑(I)之情形時,於前述保護膜形成膜中,前述著色劑(I)的含量相對前述保護膜形成膜的總質量之比率為0.1質量%至10質量%;於前述保護膜形成膜中,前述聚合物成分(A)、熱硬化性成分(B)、硬化促進劑(C)、填充材料(D)及著色劑(I)的合計含量相對前述保護膜形成膜的總質量之比率不超過100質量%。 於這種其他例之保護膜形成膜中,前述填充材料(D)亦可為以乙烯基、環氧基、苯基或甲基丙烯基來修飾表面之氧化矽。 於這種其他例之保護膜形成膜中,前述聚合物成分(A)、熱硬化性成分(B)、環氧樹脂(B1)、熱硬化劑(B2)、硬化促進劑(C)、填充材料(D)及著色劑(I)的前述含量亦可進而為如上說明的數值範圍中任一範圍內。 This other example of the protective film forming film may further contain one or both of the filling material (D) and the coloring agent (I). In this case, the aforementioned filling material (D) is silicon oxide or aluminum oxide. ); when the protective film-forming film contains the filling material (D), the content of the filling material (D) in the protective film-forming film is the ratio of the total mass of the protective film-forming film to the total mass of the protective film-forming film. The ratio is 20 mass% to 70 mass%; when the protective film-forming film contains the colorant (I), the content of the colorant (I) in the protective film-forming film is relative to the content of the protective film-forming film. The ratio of the total mass is 0.1 mass% to 10 mass%; in the aforementioned protective film forming film, the aforementioned polymer component (A), thermosetting component (B), hardening accelerator (C), filler material (D) and The ratio of the total content of the colorants (I) to the total mass of the protective film-forming film does not exceed 100% by mass. In this other example of the protective film-forming film, the aforementioned filler material (D) may also be silicon oxide whose surface is modified with a vinyl group, an epoxy group, a phenyl group or a methacrylic group. In this other example of the protective film-forming film, the aforementioned polymer component (A), thermosetting component (B), epoxy resin (B1), thermosetting agent (B2), hardening accelerator (C), filler The aforementioned contents of the material (D) and the colorant (I) may further fall within any of the numerical ranges explained above.

本實施形態的保護膜形成膜藉由與後述之支撐片併用,可一併進行保護膜的形成與切割,而可構成保護膜形成用複合片。以下對於這種保護膜形成用複合片進行說明。By using the protective film-forming film of this embodiment together with a support sheet described later, the protective film can be formed and cut simultaneously, and a composite sheet for protective film formation can be constructed. The composite sheet for forming a protective film will be described below.

◇保護膜形成用複合片 本發明之一實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片係具備:支撐片、設置於前述支撐片其中一面上之保護膜形成膜;前述保護膜形成膜為上述之本發明之一實施形態之保護膜形成膜。 本實施形態的保護膜形成用複合片能夠以其中的保護膜形成膜貼附於作為工件之目標部位(例如晶圓的內面)。 ◇Composite sheet for protective film formation A composite sheet for forming a protective film according to an embodiment of the present invention is provided with: a support sheet, and a protective film-forming film provided on one side of the support sheet; the protective film-forming film is the protective film according to the above-mentioned embodiment of the present invention. Form a film. The protective film-forming composite sheet of this embodiment can be attached to a target portion of the workpiece (for example, the inner surface of the wafer) with the protective film-forming film.

本說明書之中,即使在保護膜形成膜硬化之後,只要維持支撐片與保護膜形成膜的硬化物之積層結構,仍稱該積層結構體為「保護膜形成用複合片」。In this specification, even after the protective film-forming film is cured, as long as the laminated structure of the supporting sheet and the cured product of the protective film-forming film is maintained, the laminated structure is called a "composite sheet for protective film formation."

以下對於構成前述保護膜形成用複合片之各層進行詳細的說明。Each layer constituting the composite sheet for forming a protective film will be described in detail below.

◎支撐片 前述支撐片可由一層(單層)所構成,亦可由兩層以上的多層所構成。支撐片由多層所構成之情形時,這些多層的構成材料以及厚度可以互相相同或不同,這些多層的組合只要不損及本發明之功效,並無特別限定。 ◎Support piece The aforementioned supporting sheet may be composed of one layer (single layer), or may be composed of two or more layers. When the support sheet is composed of multiple layers, the constituent materials and thicknesses of these multiple layers may be the same or different from each other. The combination of these multiple layers is not particularly limited as long as the effect of the present invention is not impaired.

支撐片可透明,亦可不透明,亦可根據目的進行著色。 於保護膜形成膜具有能量線硬化性之情形時,支撐片較佳為使能量線穿過。 The support sheet can be transparent or opaque, and can also be colored according to the purpose. When the protective film-forming film has energy ray curability, it is preferable that the support sheet allows energy rays to pass through it.

作為支撐片,例如可列舉:具備基材、以及設置於前述基材其中一面上之黏著劑層之支撐片;僅由基材所構成之支撐片等。支撐片具備黏著劑層之情形時,黏著劑層於保護膜形成用複合片之中係配置在基材與保護膜形成膜之間。Examples of the support sheet include a support sheet including a base material and an adhesive layer provided on one side of the base material; a support sheet consisting only of the base material; and the like. When the support sheet has an adhesive layer, the adhesive layer is disposed between the base material and the protective film-forming film in the protective film-forming composite sheet.

使用具備基材以及黏著劑層之支撐片之情形時,可容易地調節保護膜形成用複合片中之支撐片與保護膜形成膜之間的密接性以及剝離性。 使用僅由基材所構成之支撐片之情形時,可以低成本來製造保護膜形成用複合片。 When a support sheet including a base material and an adhesive layer is used, the adhesiveness and peelability between the support sheet and the protective film-forming film in the composite sheet for protective film formation can be easily adjusted. When a support sheet composed only of a base material is used, a composite sheet for forming a protective film can be produced at low cost.

以下,對這種支撐片的每個種類一邊參照圖式一邊說明本實施形態的保護膜形成用複合片之例。Hereinafter, examples of the composite sheet for forming a protective film according to the present embodiment will be described for each type of such support sheet with reference to the drawings.

◎保護膜形成用複合片之一例 圖2係以示意方式表示本實施形態的保護膜形成用複合片的一例之剖面圖。 此外,圖2以下之圖之中,對於既已說明的圖所示相同構成要素,標附與該已說明的圖之情形相同符號,並省略該構成要素之詳細說明。 ◎An example of composite sheet for protective film formation FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing an example of the composite sheet for forming a protective film according to this embodiment. In addition, in the drawings following FIG. 2 , the same components shown in the previously described drawings are assigned the same reference numerals as in the previously described drawings, and detailed descriptions of the components are omitted.

此處所示之保護膜形成用複合片101的構成係具備:支撐片10、設置於支撐片10其中一面(本說明書之中,有時稱為「第一面」)10a上之保護膜形成膜13。 支撐片10的構成係具備:基材11、設置於基材11其中一面(第一面)11a上之黏著劑層12。保護膜形成用複合片101中,黏著劑層12係配置於基材11與保護膜形成膜13之間。 亦即,保護膜形成用複合片101係由基材11、黏著劑層12以及保護膜形成膜13依序於這些層的厚度方向積層而構成。 支撐片10的第一面10a係與黏著劑層12的基材11側之相反側的面(本說明書之中,有時稱為「第一面」)12a相同。 The protective film-forming composite sheet 101 shown here is constituted by a support sheet 10 and a protective film-forming sheet provided on one side (sometimes referred to as the “first side” in this specification) 10 a of the support sheet 10 Membrane 13. The support sheet 10 is composed of a base material 11 and an adhesive layer 12 provided on one side (first side) 11 a of the base material 11 . In the protective film-forming composite sheet 101 , the adhesive layer 12 is disposed between the base material 11 and the protective film-forming film 13 . That is, the protective film-forming composite sheet 101 is composed of the base material 11, the adhesive layer 12, and the protective film-forming film 13, which are sequentially laminated in the thickness direction of these layers. The first surface 10a of the support sheet 10 is the same as the surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12 on the opposite side to the base material 11 side (sometimes referred to as the "first surface" in this specification).

保護膜形成用複合片101係進而於保護膜形成膜13上具備治具用接著劑層16以及剝離膜15。 保護膜形成用複合片101之中,於黏著劑層12的第一面12a的整面或是幾乎整面積層有保護膜形成膜13,而於保護膜形成膜13的黏著劑層12側之相反側的面(本說明書之中,有時稱為「第一面」)13a的一部分、亦即於周緣部附近的區域積層有治具用接著劑層16。進而,於保護膜形成膜13的第一面13a之中,於未積層治具用接著劑層16之區域、以及治具用接著劑層16的保護膜形成膜13側之相反側的面(本說明書之中,有時稱為「第一面」)16a,積層有剝離膜15。於保護膜形成膜13的第一面13a之相反側的面(本說明書之中,有時稱為「第二面」)13b設置支撐片10。 The protective film forming composite sheet 101 further includes a jig adhesive layer 16 and a release film 15 on the protective film forming film 13 . In the protective film-forming composite sheet 101, the protective film-forming film 13 is laminated on the entire surface or almost the entire surface of the first surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12, and on the adhesive layer 12 side of the protective film-forming film 13 The jig adhesive layer 16 is laminated on a part of the opposite surface (sometimes referred to as the "first surface" in this specification) 13a, that is, in the area near the peripheral edge. Furthermore, among the first surface 13a of the protective film-forming film 13, there are areas where the jig adhesive layer 16 is not laminated, and the surface of the jig adhesive layer 16 opposite to the protective film-forming film 13 side ( In this specification, (sometimes called "first surface") 16a, the release film 15 is laminated|stacked. The support sheet 10 is provided on the surface 13b of the protective film forming film 13 opposite to the first surface 13a (sometimes referred to as the “second surface” in this specification).

不限於保護膜形成用複合片101的情形,本實施形態的保護膜形成用複合片之中,剝離膜(例如圖2所示之剝離膜15)為任意的構成,本實施形態的保護膜形成用複合片亦可具備剝離膜,亦可不具備剝離膜。It is not limited to the case of the protective film-forming composite sheet 101. In the protective film-forming composite sheet of this embodiment, the release film (for example, the release film 15 shown in FIG. 2) has an arbitrary structure. The protective film of this embodiment is formed The composite sheet may or may not have a release film.

治具用接著劑層16係用以將保護膜形成用複合片101固定於環形框等治具。 治具用接著劑層16例如亦可具有含有接著劑成分或黏著劑成分之單層結構,亦可具有多層結構,此多層結構具備作為芯材之片、以及設置於前述片的兩面之含有接著劑成分或黏著劑成分之層。 The jig adhesive layer 16 is used to fix the protective film forming composite sheet 101 to a jig such as a ring frame. The adhesive layer 16 for a jig may have, for example, a single-layer structure containing an adhesive component or an adhesive component, or may have a multi-layer structure including a sheet as a core material, and adhesive-containing adhesive layers provided on both sides of the sheet. layer of agent ingredients or adhesive ingredients.

保護膜形成用複合片101在被移除剝離膜15之狀態下,半導體晶圓的內面貼附於保護膜形成膜13的第一面13a,進而,治具用接著劑層16的第一面16a被貼附於環形框等治具來使用。In the state where the protective film forming composite sheet 101 has the release film 15 removed, the inner surface of the semiconductor wafer is attached to the first surface 13 a of the protective film forming film 13 , and further, the first surface of the jig adhesive layer 16 The surface 16a is attached to a jig such as a ring frame and used.

圖3係以示意性地顯示本實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片的其他例的剖面圖。 於此所示之保護膜形成用複合片102係保護膜形成膜之尺寸不同,且不具備治具用接著劑層16,除此以外,與圖2所示之保護膜形成用複合片101相同。 FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing another example of the composite sheet for forming a protective film according to this embodiment. The composite sheet 102 for forming a protective film shown here is the same as the composite sheet 101 for forming a protective film shown in FIG. 2 except that the size of the protective film forming film is different and it does not include the adhesive layer 16 for a jig. .

更具體而言,保護膜形成用複合片102之中,保護膜形成膜23係積層於黏著劑層12的第一面12a的一部分的區域(亦即黏著劑層12的寬度方向(圖3之左右方向)之中央側的區域)。另外,將剝離膜15積層於保護膜形成膜23中位於與黏著劑層12側相反一側之面(本說明書中,有時稱「第一面」)23a及黏著劑層12的第一面12a中未積層有保護膜形成膜23之區域。於保護膜形成膜23中位於與第一面23a相反一側之面(本說明書中,有時稱「第二面」)23b,設置有支撐片10。More specifically, in the protective film-forming composite sheet 102, the protective film-forming film 23 is laminated on a part of the first surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12 (that is, in the width direction of the adhesive layer 12 (in FIG. 3 The area on the central side of the left and right directions). In addition, the release film 15 is laminated on the surface 23a of the protective film forming film 23 on the side opposite to the adhesive layer 12 side (sometimes referred to as the "first surface" in this specification) and the first surface of the adhesive layer 12 12a is an area where the protective film forming film 23 is not laminated. The support sheet 10 is provided on the surface 23b of the protective film forming film 23 located on the opposite side to the first surface 23a (sometimes referred to as the "second surface" in this specification).

本實施形態的保護膜形成用複合片不限定於圖2至圖3所示,亦可於不損及本發明功效之範圍內,將圖2至圖3所示者加以變更或是刪除一部分構成,亦可進而追加其它構成於到目前為止所說明者。The composite sheet for forming a protective film according to this embodiment is not limited to that shown in FIGS. 2 to 3 , and the ones shown in FIGS. 2 to 3 may be modified or part of the structure may be deleted within the scope that does not impair the effect of the present invention. , it is also possible to add other structures to those described so far.

再來,對於構成支撐片之各層進而詳細的說明。Next, each layer constituting the support sheet will be described in detail.

○基材 前述基材為片狀或膜狀,作為前述基材的構成材料,例如可列舉各種樹脂。 作為前述樹脂,例如可列舉:低密度聚乙烯(LDPE;low density polyethylene)、直鏈低密度聚乙烯(LLDPE;linear low density polyethylene)、高密度聚乙烯(HDPE;high density polyethylene)等聚乙烯;聚丙烯、聚丁烯、聚丁二烯、聚甲基戊烯、降冰片烯樹脂等聚乙烯以外的聚烯烴;乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物、乙烯-(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物、乙烯-(甲基)丙烯酸酯共聚物、乙烯-降冰片烯共聚物等乙烯系共聚物(使用乙烯作為單體所獲得之共聚物);聚氯乙烯、氯乙烯共聚物等氯乙烯系樹脂(使用氯乙烯作為單體所獲得之樹脂);聚苯乙烯;聚環烯烴;聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯、聚萘二甲酸乙二酯、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯、聚間苯二甲酸乙二酯、聚-2,6-萘二甲酸乙二酯、所有構成單元具有芳香族環式基之全芳香族聚酯等聚酯;兩種以上的聚酯共聚物;聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯;聚胺基甲酸酯;聚胺基甲酸酯丙烯酸酯;聚醯亞胺;聚醯胺;聚碳酸酯;氟樹脂;聚縮醛;改質聚苯醚;聚苯硫醚;聚碸;聚醚酮等。 作為前述樹脂,例如可列舉:前述聚酯與前述聚酯以外的樹脂之混合物等聚合物合金。前述聚酯與前述聚酯以外的樹脂之聚合物合金較佳為聚酯以外的樹脂的量為相對較少量。 作為前述樹脂,例如可列舉:至此為止所例示之前述樹脂之一種或兩種以上交聯而成之交聯樹脂;使用至此為止所例示之前述樹脂之一種或兩種以上之離子聚合物等變性樹脂。 由耐熱性優異之觀點,前述樹脂較佳為聚丙烯或聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯。 ○Substrate The base material is in the form of a sheet or film, and examples of the constituent material of the base material include various resins. Examples of the aforementioned resin include polyethylene such as low density polyethylene (LDPE; low density polyethylene), linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE; linear low density polyethylene), and high density polyethylene (HDPE; high density polyethylene); Polyolefins other than polyethylene such as polypropylene, polybutene, polybutadiene, polymethylpentene, norbornene resin; ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, ethylene-(meth)acrylic acid copolymer, ethylene- Ethylene-based copolymers such as (meth)acrylate copolymers and ethylene-norbornene copolymers (copolymers obtained using ethylene as a monomer); vinyl chloride-based resins such as polyvinyl chloride and vinyl chloride copolymers (using chlorine Resins obtained from ethylene as a monomer); polystyrene; polycyclic olefins; polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, polyethylene isophthalate Polyesters such as diesters, polyethylene-2,6-naphthalate, fully aromatic polyesters in which all structural units have aromatic cyclic groups; copolymers of two or more polyesters; poly(meth)acrylic acid Ester; polyurethane; polyurethane acrylate; polyimide; polyamide; polycarbonate; fluororesin; polyacetal; modified polyphenylene ether; polyphenylene sulfide; poly Silica; polyetherketone, etc. Examples of the resin include polymer alloys such as mixtures of the polyester and resins other than the polyester. The polymer alloy of the polyester and the resin other than the polyester preferably contains a relatively small amount of the resin other than the polyester. Examples of the resin include: a cross-linked resin obtained by cross-linking one or more of the above-described resins; and a modified ionic polymer using one or two or more of the above-described resins. resin. From the viewpoint of excellent heat resistance, the resin is preferably polypropylene or polybutylene terephthalate.

構成基材之樹脂可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,於為兩種以上之情形時,這些樹脂的組合及比率可任意選擇。The resin constituting the base material may be only one type, or may be two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these resins may be selected arbitrarily.

基材亦可由一層(單層)所構成,亦可由兩層以上之多層所構成。於基材由多層所構成之情形時,這些多層相互可相同亦可不同,這些多層的組合並無特別限定。The base material may also be composed of one layer (single layer), or may be composed of two or more layers. When the base material is composed of multiple layers, these multiple layers may be the same or different from each other, and the combination of these multiple layers is not particularly limited.

基材的厚度較佳為50μm至300μm,更佳為60μm至100μm。藉由基材的厚度為這種範圍,可更提高保護膜形成用複合片的可撓性、對晶圓之貼附適性。 此處,所謂「基材的厚度」,意指基材整體的厚度,例如所謂由多層所構成之基材的厚度,意指構成基材之所有層的合計的厚度。 The thickness of the base material is preferably 50 μm to 300 μm, more preferably 60 μm to 100 μm. When the thickness of the base material is in this range, the flexibility of the composite sheet for forming a protective film and the adhesion suitability to the wafer can be further improved. Here, the "thickness of the base material" means the thickness of the entire base material. For example, the thickness of the base material composed of multiple layers means the total thickness of all the layers constituting the base material.

基材除了前述樹脂等主要構成材料以外,亦可含有填充材、著色劑、抗氧化劑、有機滑劑、觸媒、軟化劑(塑化劑)等公知的各種添加劑。In addition to the main constituent materials such as the aforementioned resin, the base material may also contain various well-known additives such as fillers, colorants, antioxidants, organic lubricants, catalysts, and softeners (plasticizers).

基材無論透明或不透明皆可,亦可根據目的而著色,亦可蒸鍍其他層。 於保護膜形成膜具有能量線硬化性之情形時,基材較佳為使能量線穿透。 The base material can be transparent or opaque, and can be colored according to the purpose, or other layers can be evaporated. When the protective film-forming film has energy ray curability, it is preferable that the base material allows energy rays to penetrate.

基材為了調節相對於設置於基材上之層(例如黏著劑層、保護膜形成膜、或是前述其它層)之密接性,亦可於表面施加如下處理:噴砂處理、溶劑處理等之凹凸化處理;電暈放電處理、電子束照射處理、電漿處理、臭氧-紫外線照射處理、火焰處理、鉻酸處理、熱風處理等氧化處理;親油處理;親水處理等。另外,基材之表面亦可進行底塗處理。In order to adjust the adhesion of the base material to the layer provided on the base material (such as an adhesive layer, a protective film-forming film, or other layers mentioned above), the following treatments can also be applied to the surface: sandblasting, solvent treatment, etc. Chemical treatment; corona discharge treatment, electron beam irradiation treatment, plasma treatment, ozone-ultraviolet irradiation treatment, flame treatment, chromic acid treatment, hot air treatment and other oxidation treatments; lipophilic treatment; hydrophilic treatment, etc. In addition, the surface of the substrate can also be primed.

基材亦可藉由含有特定範圍的成分(例如樹脂等),而於至少一面具有黏著性。The base material can also be adhesive on at least one side by containing a specific range of components (such as resin, etc.).

基材可利用公知的方法進行製造。例如,含有樹脂之基材可藉由將含有前述樹脂之樹脂組成物成形而進行製造。The base material can be produced by a known method. For example, a base material containing a resin can be produced by molding a resin composition containing the aforementioned resin.

○黏著劑層 前述黏著劑層為片狀或是膜狀,含有黏著劑。 作為前述黏著劑,例如可列舉:丙烯酸樹脂、胺基甲酸酯樹脂、橡膠系樹脂、聚矽氧樹脂、環氧系樹脂、聚乙烯醚、聚碳酸酯、酯系樹脂等黏著性樹脂。 ○Adhesive layer The aforementioned adhesive layer is in the form of a sheet or film and contains adhesive. Examples of the adhesive include adhesive resins such as acrylic resin, urethane resin, rubber resin, silicone resin, epoxy resin, polyvinyl ether, polycarbonate, and ester resin.

黏著劑層亦可由一層(單層)所構成,亦可由兩層以上之多層所構成。於黏著劑層由多層所構成之情形時,這些多層相互可相同亦可不同,這些多層的組合並無特別限定。The adhesive layer may also be composed of one layer (single layer), or may be composed of two or more layers. When the adhesive layer is composed of multiple layers, these multiple layers may be the same or different from each other, and the combination of these multiple layers is not particularly limited.

黏著劑層的厚度並無特別限定,較佳為1μm至100μm,更佳為1μm至60μm,尤佳為1μm至30μm。 此處,所謂「黏著劑層的厚度」,意指黏著劑層整體的厚度,例如所謂由多層所構成之黏著劑層的厚度,意指構成黏著劑層之所有層的合計的厚度。 The thickness of the adhesive layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 μm to 100 μm, more preferably 1 μm to 60 μm, and particularly preferably 1 μm to 30 μm. Here, the "thickness of the adhesive layer" means the thickness of the entire adhesive layer. For example, the thickness of an adhesive layer composed of multiple layers means the total thickness of all the layers constituting the adhesive layer.

黏著劑層亦可透明或亦可不透明,亦可根據目的進行著色。 於保護膜形成膜具有能量線硬化性之情形時,黏著劑層較佳為使能量線穿過。 The adhesive layer may be transparent or opaque, and may be colored according to the purpose. When the protective film-forming film has energy ray curability, the adhesive layer preferably allows energy rays to pass through it.

黏著劑層可為能量線硬化性亦可為非能量線硬化性。能量線硬化性黏著劑層係能夠調節其於硬化前及硬化後之物性。例如,於拾取後述附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶片前,藉由使能量線硬化性黏著劑層硬化,而能更容易地拾取附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶片。The adhesive layer may be energy ray curable or non-energy ray curable. The energy ray curable adhesive layer can adjust its physical properties before and after hardening. For example, by hardening the energy ray curable adhesive layer before picking up the semiconductor wafer with the protective film forming film described later, the semiconductor wafer with the protective film forming film can be picked up more easily.

本說明書中,即使於能量線硬化性黏著劑層經能量線硬化之後,只要維持基材與能量線硬化性黏著劑層之硬化物的積層結構,此積層結構體亦被稱為「支撐片」。In this specification, even after the energy ray curable adhesive layer is cured by energy rays, as long as the laminated structure of the hardened product of the base material and the energy ray curable adhesive layer is maintained, this laminated structure is also called a "support sheet" .

黏著劑層可使用含有黏著劑之黏著劑組成物來形成。例如藉由於黏著劑層的形成對象面塗敷黏著劑組成物,並視需要進行乾燥,可於目標部位形成黏著劑層。黏著劑組成物中的常溫下不會氣化之成分彼此的含量之比率通常與黏著劑層之前述成分彼此的含量之比率相同。The adhesive layer can be formed using an adhesive composition containing an adhesive. For example, by applying an adhesive composition to the surface to be formed of the adhesive layer and drying as necessary, the adhesive layer can be formed on the target site. The content ratio of the components that do not vaporize at normal temperature in the adhesive composition is usually the same as the content ratio of the aforementioned components before the adhesive layer.

黏著劑組成物的塗敷以及乾燥,例如可藉由與上述之保護膜形成用組成物的塗敷以及乾燥之情形相同方法來進行。The application and drying of the adhesive composition can be performed, for example, by the same method as the above-described application and drying of the protective film forming composition.

黏著劑層為能量線硬化性之情形時,作為能量線硬化性之黏著劑組成物,例如可列舉:含有非能量線硬化性之黏著性樹脂(I-1a)(以下有時簡稱為「黏著性樹脂(I-1a)」)、能量線硬化性化合物之黏著劑組成物(I-1);含有於非能量線硬化性之黏著性樹脂(I-1a)之側鏈導入不飽和基之能量線硬化性之黏著性樹脂(I-2a)(以下有時簡稱為「黏著性樹脂(I-2a)」)之黏著劑組成物(I-2);含有前述黏著性樹脂(I-2a)、能量線硬化性化合物之黏著劑組成物(I-3)等。When the adhesive layer is energy ray curable, examples of the energy ray curable adhesive composition include: a non-energy ray curable adhesive resin (I-1a) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "adhesive"). adhesive resin (I-1a)"), an adhesive composition (I-1) of an energy ray curable compound; an adhesive composition (I-1) containing an unsaturated group introduced into the side chain of a non-energy ray curable adhesive resin (I-1a) Adhesive composition (I-2) of energy ray curable adhesive resin (I-2a) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "adhesive resin (I-2a)"); containing the aforementioned adhesive resin (I-2a) ), energy ray curable compound adhesive composition (I-3), etc.

黏著劑層為非能量線硬化性之情形時,作為非能量線硬化性之黏著劑組成物,例如可列舉含有前述非能量線硬化性之黏著性樹脂(I-1a)之黏著劑組成物(I-4)等。When the adhesive layer is non-energy ray curable, examples of the non-energy ray curable adhesive composition include an adhesive composition (I-1a) containing the aforementioned non-energy ray curable adhesive resin. I-4) etc.

[非能量線硬化性之黏著性樹脂(I-1a)] 前述黏著性樹脂(I-1a)較佳為丙烯酸樹脂。 作為前述丙烯酸樹脂,例如可列舉至少具有源自(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯的構成單元之丙烯酸聚合物。 [Non-energy ray curable adhesive resin (I-1a)] The aforementioned adhesive resin (I-1a) is preferably an acrylic resin. Examples of the acrylic resin include an acrylic polymer having at least a structural unit derived from an alkyl (meth)acrylate.

前述丙烯酸聚合物除了具有源自(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯的構成單元以外,較佳係進而具有源自含官能基之單體的構成單元。 作為前述含官能基之單體,例如可列舉:藉由前述官能基與後述之交聯劑進行反應而成為交聯的起點之單體。 作為前述含有官能基之單體,例如可列舉:含羥基之單體、含羧基之單體、含胺基之單體、含環氧基之單體等。 The acrylic polymer preferably has a structural unit derived from a functional group-containing monomer in addition to a structural unit derived from an alkyl (meth)acrylate. Examples of the functional group-containing monomer include a monomer that becomes a starting point for crosslinking by reacting the functional group with a crosslinking agent described later. Examples of the functional group-containing monomer include hydroxyl group-containing monomers, carboxyl group-containing monomers, amine group-containing monomers, epoxy group-containing monomers, and the like.

前述丙烯酸聚合物除了具有源自(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯的構成單元、以及源自含官能基之單體的構成單元以外,亦可進而具有源自其它單體的構成單元。 前述其它單體只要是可與(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯等進行共聚者即可並無特別限定。 作為前述其它單體,例如可列舉:苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯、乙烯甲苯、甲酸乙烯酯、乙酸乙烯酯、丙烯腈、丙烯醯胺等。 The acrylic polymer may further have structural units derived from other monomers, in addition to structural units derived from alkyl (meth)acrylate and functional group-containing monomers. The other monomers mentioned above are not particularly limited as long as they can be copolymerized with alkyl (meth)acrylate and the like. Examples of the other monomer include styrene, α-methylstyrene, vinyltoluene, vinyl formate, vinyl acetate, acrylonitrile, acrylamide, and the like.

前述黏著劑組成物(I-1)、黏著劑組成物(I-2)、黏著劑組成物(I-3)以及黏著劑組成物(I-4)(以下包括這些黏著劑組成物,簡稱為「黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-4)」)之中,前述丙烯酸聚合物等前述丙烯酸樹脂所具有之構成單元可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,於為兩種以上之情形時,這些構成單元的組合及比率可任意選擇。The aforementioned adhesive composition (I-1), adhesive composition (I-2), adhesive composition (I-3) and adhesive composition (I-4) (hereinafter including these adhesive compositions, referred to as Among the "adhesive compositions (I-1) to adhesive compositions (I-4)"), the aforementioned acrylic polymer and other aforementioned acrylic resins may have only one type of structural unit or two or more types. , in the case of two or more situations, the combination and ratio of these structural units can be selected arbitrarily.

黏著劑組成物(I-1)或是黏著劑組成物(I-4)所含有之黏著性樹脂(I-1a)可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,於為兩種以上之情形時,這些黏著性樹脂(I-1a)的組合及比率可任意選擇。The adhesive resin (I-1a) contained in the adhesive composition (I-1) or the adhesive composition (I-4) may be only one type, or may be two or more types, and in the case of two or more types , the combination and ratio of these adhesive resins (I-1a) can be selected arbitrarily.

由黏著劑組成物(I-1)或是黏著劑組成物(I-4)所形成之黏著劑層中,黏著性樹脂(I-1a)的含量相對於前述黏著劑層的總質量之比率較佳為5質量%至99質量%。In the adhesive layer formed from the adhesive composition (I-1) or the adhesive composition (I-4), the ratio of the content of the adhesive resin (I-1a) to the total mass of the adhesive layer Preferably it is 5 mass % to 99 mass %.

[能量線硬化性之黏著性樹脂(I-2a)] 前述黏著性樹脂(I-2a)係例如藉由使具有能量線聚合性不飽和基的含有不飽和基之化合物與黏著性樹脂(I-1a)中的官能基進行反應而能獲得。 [Energy ray curable adhesive resin (I-2a)] The adhesive resin (I-2a) can be obtained, for example, by reacting an unsaturated group-containing compound having an energy-beam polymerizable unsaturated group with a functional group in the adhesive resin (I-1a).

前述含有不飽和基之化合物除了具有前述能量線聚合性不飽和基以外,進而具有藉由與黏著性樹脂(I-1a)中的官能基進行反應而能夠與黏著性樹脂(I-1a)鍵結之基的化合物。 作為前述能量線聚合性不飽和基,例如可舉出:(甲基)丙烯醯基、乙烯基(ethenyl)、烯丙基(2-丙烯基)等,較佳為(甲基)丙烯醯基。 作為能夠與黏著性樹脂(I-1a)中的官能基鍵結之基,例如可舉出:能夠與羥基或胺基鍵結的異氰酸基及縮水甘油基,以及能夠與羧基或環氧基鍵結的羥基及胺基等。 In addition to the energy-beam polymerizable unsaturated group, the compound containing an unsaturated group further has the ability to bond with the adhesive resin (I-1a) by reacting with a functional group in the adhesive resin (I-1a). A compound that is the basis of knots. Examples of the energy ray polymerizable unsaturated group include: (meth)acrylyl group, vinyl (ethenyl), allyl (2-propenyl), etc., with (meth)acrylyl group being preferred. . Examples of the group that can be bonded to the functional group in the adhesive resin (I-1a) include an isocyanate group and a glycidyl group that can be bonded to a hydroxyl group or an amine group, and a carboxyl group or an epoxy group. base-bonded hydroxyl and amine groups, etc.

作為前述含有不飽和基之化合物,例如可舉出:(甲基)丙烯醯基氧乙基異氰酸酯 、(甲基)丙烯醯基異氰酸酯 、(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯等。Examples of the compound containing an unsaturated group include (meth)acryloxyethyl isocyanate, (meth)acryloxyethyl isocyanate, glycidyl (meth)acrylate, and the like.

黏著劑組成物(I-2)或是黏著劑組成物(I-3)所含有之黏著性樹脂(I-2a)亦可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,於兩種以上之情形時,可任意選擇該等組合及比率。The adhesive resin (I-2a) contained in the adhesive composition (I-2) or the adhesive composition (I-3) may be only one type, or may be two or more types. In the case of two or more types, , you can choose any of these combinations and ratios.

於由黏著劑組成物(I-2)或是黏著劑組成物(I-3)所形成之黏著劑層中,黏著性樹脂(I-2a)之含量相對於前述黏著劑層之總質量的比率較佳為5質量%至99質量%。In the adhesive layer formed by the adhesive composition (I-2) or the adhesive composition (I-3), the content of the adhesive resin (I-2a) relative to the total mass of the aforementioned adhesive layer The ratio is preferably 5% by mass to 99% by mass.

[能量線硬化性化合物] 作為前述黏著劑組成物(I-1)或是黏著劑組成物(I-3)所含有之前述能量線硬化性化合物,可列舉如具有能量線聚合性不飽和基並可藉由照射能量線而硬化之單體或是寡聚物。 [Energy ray curing compound] Examples of the energy-beam-curable compound contained in the adhesive composition (I-1) or the adhesive composition (I-3) include energy-beam-polymerizable unsaturated groups that can be cured by irradiation with energy-beams. And hardened monomers or oligomers.

能量線硬化性化合物之中,作為單體,例如可列舉:三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,4-丁二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯等多元(甲基)丙烯酸酯;(甲基)丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯;聚酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯;聚醚(甲基)丙烯酸酯;環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。 能量線硬化性化合物之中,作為寡聚物,例如可列舉在上述所例示之單體的聚合物之寡聚物等。 Among the energy ray curable compounds, examples of monomers include trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol (meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, and dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate. Meth)acrylate, 1,4-butanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol (meth)acrylate and other poly(meth)acrylates; (meth)acrylic acid amine Formate; polyester (meth)acrylate; polyether (meth)acrylate; epoxy (meth)acrylate, etc. Among the energy ray curable compounds, examples of oligomers include oligomers of polymers of the monomers exemplified above.

黏著劑組成物(I-1)或是黏著劑組成物(I-3)所含有之前述能量線硬化性化合物可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,於為兩種以上之情形時,這些能量線硬化性化合物的組合及比率可任意選擇。The aforementioned energy ray curable compound contained in the adhesive composition (I-1) or the adhesive composition (I-3) may be only one type, or may be two or more types. In the case of two or more types, The combination and ratio of these energy ray curable compounds can be selected arbitrarily.

自黏著劑組成物(I-1)或是黏著劑組成物(I-3)所形成之黏著劑層之中,前述能量線硬化性化合物的含量相對於前述黏著劑層的總質量之比率,較佳為1質量%至95質量%。In the adhesive layer formed from the adhesive composition (I-1) or the adhesive composition (I-3), the ratio of the content of the energy ray curable compound to the total mass of the adhesive layer, Preferably it is 1 mass % to 95 mass %.

[交聯劑] 作為黏著性樹脂(I-1a),當使用除了具有源自(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯的構成單元以外進而具有源自含官能基之單體的構成單元之前述丙烯酸聚合物之情形時,黏著劑組成物(I-1)或是黏著劑組成物(I-4)較佳係進而含有交聯劑。 另外,作為黏著性樹脂(I-2a),例如使用與黏著性樹脂(I-1a)中相同之具有源自含官能基之單體的構成單元之前述丙烯酸聚合物之情形時,黏著劑組成物(I-2)或是黏著劑組成物(I-3)亦可進而含有交聯劑。 [Cross-linking agent] As the adhesive resin (I-1a), when the aforementioned acrylic polymer having a structural unit derived from a functional group-containing monomer in addition to a structural unit derived from an alkyl (meth)acrylate is used, The adhesive composition (I-1) or the adhesive composition (I-4) preferably further contains a cross-linking agent. In addition, as the adhesive resin (I-2a), for example, when the aforementioned acrylic polymer having the same structural unit derived from the functional group-containing monomer as the adhesive resin (I-1a) is used, the adhesive composition The compound (I-2) or the adhesive composition (I-3) may further contain a cross-linking agent.

前述交聯劑例如與前述官能基進行反應,使黏著性樹脂(I-1a)彼此或是黏著性樹脂(I-2a)彼此交聯。 作為交聯劑,例如可列舉:甲苯二異氰酸酯、六亞甲基二異氰酸酯、苯二甲基二異氰酸酯、這些二異氰酸酯的加合物等異氰酸酯系交聯劑(具有異氰酸酯基之交聯劑);乙二醇縮水甘油醚等環氧系交聯劑(具有縮水甘油基之交聯劑);六[1-(2-甲基)-氮丙啶基]三膦三嗪等氮丙啶系交聯劑(具有氮丙啶基之交聯劑);鋁螯合物等金屬螯合物系交聯劑(具有金屬螯合物結構之交聯劑);異氰脲酸酯系交聯劑(具有異氰脲酸骨架之交聯劑)等。 For example, the cross-linking agent reacts with the functional group to cross-link the adhesive resins (I-1a) or the adhesive resins (I-2a). Examples of the cross-linking agent include isocyanate-based cross-linking agents (cross-linking agents having an isocyanate group) such as toluene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, xylylene diisocyanate, and adducts of these diisocyanates; Epoxy cross-linking agents (cross-linking agents with glycidyl groups) such as ethylene glycol glycidyl ether; aziridine cross-linking agents such as hexa[1-(2-methyl)-aziridinyl]triphosphine triazine Cross-linking agent (cross-linking agent with aziridine group); metal chelate such as aluminum chelate is cross-linking agent (cross-linking agent with metal chelate structure); isocyanurate is cross-linking agent ( Cross-linking agent with isocyanuric acid skeleton), etc.

黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-4)所含有之交聯劑可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,於為兩種以上之情形時,這些交聯劑的組合及比率可任意選擇。The cross-linking agent contained in the adhesive composition (I-1) to the adhesive composition (I-4) may be only one type, or may be two or more types. In the case of two or more types, these cross-linking agents The combination and ratio can be selected arbitrarily.

於前述黏著劑組成物(I-1)或是黏著劑組成物(I-4)中,交聯劑的含量相對於黏著性樹脂(I-1a)的含量100質量份,較佳為0.01質量份至50質量份。 前述黏著劑組成物(I-2)或是黏著劑組成物(I-3)之中,交聯劑的含量相對於黏著性樹脂(I-2a)的含量100質量份,較佳為0.01質量份至50質量份。 In the aforementioned adhesive composition (I-1) or adhesive composition (I-4), the content of the cross-linking agent is preferably 0.01 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the content of the adhesive resin (I-1a). parts to 50 parts by mass. In the aforementioned adhesive composition (I-2) or adhesive composition (I-3), the content of the cross-linking agent is preferably 0.01 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the content of the adhesive resin (I-2a). parts to 50 parts by mass.

[光聚合起始劑] 黏著劑組成物(I-1)、黏著劑組成物(I-2)以及黏著劑組成物(I-3)(以下包括這些黏著劑組成物,簡稱為「黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-3)」)亦可進而含有光聚合起始劑。含有光聚合起始劑之黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-3),即使照射紫外線等相對低能量之能量線,仍可充分地進行硬化反應。 [Photopolymerization initiator] Adhesive composition (I-1), adhesive composition (I-2) and adhesive composition (I-3) (hereinafter including these adhesive compositions, referred to as "adhesive composition (I-1)" The adhesive composition (I-3)") may further contain a photopolymerization initiator. The adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3) containing a photopolymerization initiator can fully proceed with the curing reaction even when irradiated with relatively low-energy energy rays such as ultraviolet rays.

作為前述光聚合起始劑,例如可列舉與上述光聚合起始劑(H)相同者。Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include the same ones as the photopolymerization initiator (H) described above.

黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-3)所含有之光聚合起始劑可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,於為兩種以上之情形時,這些光聚合起始劑的組合及比率可任意選擇。The photopolymerization initiator contained in the adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3) may be only one type, or may be two or more types. In the case of two or more types, these photopolymerization initiators may The combination and ratio of polymerization initiators can be selected arbitrarily.

黏著劑組成物(I-1)之中,光聚合起始劑的含量相對於前述能量線硬化性化合物的含量100質量份,較佳為0.01質量份至20質量份。 黏著劑組成物(I-2)之中,光聚合起始劑的含量相對於黏著性樹脂(I-2a)的含量100質量份,較佳為0.01質量份至20質量份。 黏著劑組成物(I-3)之中,光聚合起始劑的含量相對於黏著性樹脂(I-2a)以及前述能量線硬化性化合物的總含量100質量份,較佳為0.01質量份至20質量份。 In the adhesive composition (I-1), the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the energy ray curable compound. In the adhesive composition (I-2), the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the adhesive resin (I-2a). In the adhesive composition (I-3), the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass.

[其它的添加劑] 黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-4)在不損及本發明之功效之範圍內,亦可含有不相當於上述中任一成分之其它的添加劑。 作為前述其它的添加劑,例如可列舉:抗靜電劑、抗氧化劑、軟化劑(塑化劑)、填充材(填料)、防鏽劑、著色劑(顏料、染料)、增感劑、賦黏劑、反應延遲劑、交聯促進劑(觸媒)等公知的添加劑。 此外,所謂反應延遲劑,例如係用以抑制因混入於黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-4)中之觸媒的作用,而造成保存中的黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-4)之中進行非預期之交聯反應的成分。作為反應延遲劑,例如可列舉藉由針對觸媒之螯合物來形成螯合錯合物者,更具體而言,於1分子中具有兩個以上的羰基(-C(=O)-)者。 [Other additives] The adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-4) may also contain other additives that are not equivalent to any of the above components within the scope that does not impair the efficacy of the present invention. Examples of the aforementioned other additives include antistatic agents, antioxidants, softeners (plasticizers), fillers (fillers), rust inhibitors, colorants (pigments, dyes), sensitizers, and tackifiers. , reaction retardants, cross-linking accelerators (catalysts) and other well-known additives. In addition, the so-called reaction retardant is used to inhibit the action of the catalyst mixed in the adhesive composition (I-1) to the adhesive composition (I-4), for example, causing the adhesive composition to be stored during storage. (I-1) A component that undergoes an unexpected cross-linking reaction in the adhesive composition (I-4). Examples of the reaction retardant include those that form a chelate complex with a chelate compound for a catalyst. More specifically, those having two or more carbonyl groups (-C(=O)-) in one molecule By.

黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-4)所含有之其它的添加劑可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,於為兩種以上之情形時,這些其它的添加劑的組合及比率可任意選擇。The other additives contained in the adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-4) may be only one type, or may be two or more types. In the case of two or more types, these other additives The combination and ratio can be selected arbitrarily.

黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-4)的其它的添加劑的含量並無特別限定,根據添加劑種類而適合選擇即可。The content of other additives in the adhesive composition (I-1) to the adhesive composition (I-4) is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the type of additive.

[溶媒] 黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-4)亦可含有溶媒。藉由黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-4)含有溶媒,可提高對塗敷對象面之塗敷適性。 [solvent] The adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-4) may also contain a solvent. Since the adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-4) contain a solvent, the coating suitability for the surface to be coated can be improved.

前述溶媒較佳為有機溶媒,作為前述有機溶媒,例如可列舉:甲基乙基酮、丙酮等酮;乙酸乙酯等酯(羧酸酯);四氫呋喃、二噁烷等醚;環己烷、正己烷等脂肪族烴;甲苯、二甲苯等芳香族烴;1-丙醇、2-丙醇等醇等。The aforementioned solvent is preferably an organic solvent. Examples of the aforementioned organic solvent include ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone and acetone; esters (carboxylic acid esters) such as ethyl acetate; ethers such as tetrahydrofuran and dioxane; cyclohexane, Aliphatic hydrocarbons such as n-hexane; aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; alcohols such as 1-propanol and 2-propanol, etc.

黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-4)所含有之溶媒可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,於為兩種以上之情形時,這些溶媒的組合及比率可任意選擇。The solvent contained in the adhesive composition (I-1) to the adhesive composition (I-4) may be only one type, or may be two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these solvents You can choose whatever you want.

黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-4)的溶媒的含量並無特別限定,只要適合調節即可。The content of the solvent in the adhesive composition (I-1) to the adhesive composition (I-4) is not particularly limited as long as it can be appropriately adjusted.

○黏著劑組成物之製造方法 黏著劑組成物除了例如調配成分的種類不同的方面以外,可以與前文所說明之保護膜形成用組成物之情形相同方法來製造。 ○Manufacturing method of adhesive composition The adhesive composition can be produced in the same manner as in the case of the protective film forming composition described above, except for differences in the types of ingredients.

◇保護膜形成用複合片的製造方法 前述保護膜形成用複合片可藉由使得上述之各層以成為對應位置關係的方式進行積層,並視需要調節一部分或是所有層的形狀來製造。各層的形成方法係如前文所說明。 ◇Manufacturing method of composite sheet for protective film formation The composite sheet for forming a protective film can be produced by laminating the above-mentioned layers in a corresponding positional relationship and adjusting the shape of some or all of the layers as necessary. The formation methods of each layer are as described above.

例如在製造支撐片時,於基材上積層黏著劑層之情形時,只要於基材上塗敷上述之黏著劑組成物,並視需要進行乾燥即可。 另外,即使是藉由於剝離膜上塗敷黏著劑組成物,並視需要乾燥,於剝離膜上預先形成黏著劑層,將該黏著劑層的露出面貼附於基材的一表面之方法,亦可於基材上積層黏著劑層。此時,黏著劑組成物較佳係塗敷於剝離膜的剝離處理面。另外,此情形時之剝離膜於保護膜形成用複合片之製造過程中或於使用過程的任一時間點進行去除即可。 至此為止,列舉了於基材上積層黏著劑層之情形之例,然上述之方法亦可適用在例如於基材上積層黏著劑層以外的其它層之情形。 For example, when manufacturing a support sheet and laminating an adhesive layer on a base material, it is sufficient to apply the above-mentioned adhesive composition on the base material and dry it if necessary. In addition, even the method of forming an adhesive layer on the release film in advance by applying an adhesive composition on the release film and drying it if necessary, and attaching the exposed surface of the adhesive layer to a surface of the base material is also applicable. An adhesive layer can be laminated on the substrate. At this time, the adhesive composition is preferably applied to the release-treated surface of the release film. In addition, the release film in this case may be removed during the manufacturing process of the protective film-forming composite sheet or at any point in time during use. So far, the example of laminating an adhesive layer on a base material has been exemplified. However, the above method can also be applied to a case where, for example, other layers other than the adhesive layer are laminated on a base material.

另一方面,例如於已積層於基材上的黏著劑層之上,進而積層保護膜形成膜之情形時,可於黏著劑層上塗敷保護膜形成用組成物,直接形成保護膜形成膜。保護膜形成膜以外的層亦可使用用以形成該層之組成物,並以相同的方法於黏著劑層之上積層該層。如此,於已積層於基材上之任一層(以下簡稱為「第一層」)上形成新的層(以下簡稱為「第二層」),來形成連續之兩層的積層結構(換言之為第一層以及第二層的積層結構)之情形時,可適用如下之方法:於前述第一層上塗敷用以形成前述第二層之組成物,並視需要進行乾燥。 其中,第二層較佳係藉由使用用以形成第二層之組成物而預先形成於剝離膜上,將此已形成的第二層之中接觸於前述剝離膜之側之相反側的露出面貼附於第一層的露出面,而形成連續之兩層的積層結構。此時,前述組成物較佳係塗敷於剝離膜的剝離處理面。剝離膜係在形成積層結構後視需要移除即可。 此處,雖然列舉了於黏著劑層上積層保護膜形成膜之情形為例,但例如於黏著劑層上積層保護膜形成膜以外的層(膜)之情形等作為對象之積層結構可任意選擇。 On the other hand, for example, when a protective film is laminated on an adhesive layer laminated on a substrate to form a film, the protective film-forming composition can be applied on the adhesive layer to directly form a protective film-forming film. The composition for forming this layer can also be used as a layer other than the protective film-forming film, and this layer can be laminated on the adhesive layer in the same manner. In this way, a new layer (hereinafter referred to as the "second layer") is formed on any layer laminated on the substrate (hereinafter referred to as the "first layer") to form a continuous two-layer laminated structure (in other words In the case of a laminated structure of a first layer and a second layer), the following method can be applied: apply a composition for forming the second layer on the first layer, and dry it if necessary. Among them, the second layer is preferably formed in advance on the release film by using a composition for forming the second layer, and the exposed portion of the formed second layer on the opposite side to the side that is in contact with the release film The surface is attached to the exposed surface of the first layer to form a continuous two-layer laminated structure. At this time, the composition is preferably applied to the release-treated surface of the release film. The peel-off film can be removed if necessary after forming a laminated structure. Here, the case where a protective film is laminated on an adhesive layer to form a film is given as an example. However, for example, when a layer (film) other than a protective film is laminated on an adhesive layer, the target laminate structure can be selected arbitrarily. .

如此,由於構成保護膜形成用複合片之基材以外的層皆能以預先形成於剝離膜上再貼附於目標層的表面之方法進行積層,故只要視需要適合選擇採用這種步驟之層,來製造保護膜形成用複合片即可。In this way, since the layers other than the base material constituting the composite sheet for forming a protective film can be laminated by a method of forming it in advance on the release film and then attaching it to the surface of the target layer, it is only necessary to select the layer that adopts this step as needed. , to produce a composite sheet for protective film formation.

此外,保護膜形成用複合片通常係於與該支撐片相反側的最表層(例如保護膜形成膜)的表面貼附有剝離膜之狀態來保存。因此,於該剝離膜(較佳為剝離膜之剝離處理面)上塗敷保護膜形成用組成物等用以形成構成最表層之層之組成物,並視需要進行乾燥,於剝離膜上預先形成構成最表層之層,於該層的與剝離膜接觸之側之相反側的露出面上,積層剩餘的各層,不移除剝離膜而保持貼附之狀態,藉此獲得附有剝離膜之保護膜形成用複合片。In addition, the composite sheet for protective film formation is usually stored with a release film attached to the surface of the outermost layer (for example, the protective film forming film) on the opposite side to the support sheet. Therefore, a composition for forming a layer constituting the outermost layer, such as a protective film-forming composition, is coated on the release film (preferably the release-treated surface of the release film), and dried if necessary to preform a layer on the release film. The layer that constitutes the outermost layer is stacked on the exposed surface of the layer opposite to the side that is in contact with the release film, and the remaining layers are kept attached without removing the release film, thereby obtaining the protection of the release film. Composite sheet for film formation.

◇半導體裝置之製造方法(保護膜形成膜及保護膜形成用複合片之使用方法) 前述保護膜形成膜及保護膜形成用複合片能夠用於製造前述附有保護膜之半導體晶片,進而利用此附有保護膜之半導體晶片,而能用於製造半導體裝置。 ◇Methods for manufacturing semiconductor devices (how to use protective film-forming films and protective film-forming composite sheets) The protective film-forming film and the protective film-forming composite sheet can be used to manufacture the semiconductor wafer with the protective film, and further, the semiconductor wafer with the protective film can be used to manufacture a semiconductor device.

本實施形態之半導體裝置的製造方法具有:貼附步驟,係將前述保護膜形成膜之一面、或將前述保護膜形成用複合片中的前述保護膜形成膜之露出面貼附於半導體晶圓的內面;印字步驟,係於前述貼附步驟後,於使用前述保護膜形成用複合片之情形時,對前述保護膜形成用複合片中的前述保護膜形成膜中位於前述支撐片側的面進行雷射印字,於使用未構成前述保護膜形成用複合片之前述保護膜形成膜之情形時,對前述保護膜形成膜中另一面進行雷射印字;加工步驟,係前述印字步驟後,於使用前述保護膜形成用複合片之情形時,於前述保護膜形成用複合片中的前述支撐片上,將前述半導體晶圓分割為半導體晶片,並沿著前述半導體晶圓之分割處切斷前述保護膜形成膜,於使用未構成前述保護膜形成用複合片之前述保護膜形成膜之情形時,將切割片貼附於前述保護膜形成膜中的另一面後,於前述切割片上,將前述半導體晶圓分割為半導體晶片,並沿著前述半導體晶圓之分割處切斷前述保護膜形成膜,而製造附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶片,其具備前述半導體晶片、以及設於前述半導體晶片之內面的經切斷後之前述保護膜形成膜;拾取步驟,係於前述加工步驟後,將前述附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶片自前述切割片或支撐片扯離而拾取;接合步驟,係於前述拾取步驟後,藉由將已拾取的附有前述保護膜形成膜之半導體晶片中的突狀電極與基板之電路面進行覆晶連接,而使前述附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶片接著於前述電路面;熱硬化步驟,係於前述接合步驟後,對附有前述保護膜形成膜之半導體晶片中的前述保護膜形成膜進行熱硬化而形成保護膜。The manufacturing method of a semiconductor device according to this embodiment includes an attaching step of attaching one side of the protective film-forming film or the exposed surface of the protective film-forming film in the protective film-forming composite sheet to a semiconductor wafer. The inner surface of Performing laser printing, when using the protective film-forming film that does not constitute the protective film-forming composite sheet, performs laser printing on the other side of the protective film-forming film; the processing step is after the aforementioned printing step, When using the composite sheet for forming a protective film, the semiconductor wafer is divided into semiconductor wafers on the supporting sheet in the composite sheet for forming a protective film, and the protective film is cut along the divided parts of the semiconductor wafer. When the film-forming film is used without forming the protective film-forming composite sheet, a dicing sheet is attached to the other side of the protective film-forming film, and then the semiconductor is placed on the dicing sheet. The wafer is divided into semiconductor wafers, and the protective film-forming film is cut along the division points of the semiconductor wafer to produce a semiconductor wafer with a protective film-forming film, which includes the semiconductor wafer and a semiconductor chip provided on the semiconductor wafer. The aforementioned protective film-forming film on the inner surface is cut off; the picking-up step is after the aforementioned processing step, the semiconductor wafer with the protective film-forming film is pulled away from the aforementioned cutting piece or the supporting piece; and the bonding step is After the aforementioned pickup step, the protruding electrodes in the picked up semiconductor wafer with the aforementioned protective film-forming film are flip-chip connected to the circuit surface of the substrate, so that the aforementioned semiconductor wafer with the aforementioned protective film-forming film is bonded. In the thermal hardening step on the circuit surface, after the bonding step, the protective film forming film in the semiconductor wafer with the protective film forming film is thermally cured to form a protective film.

以下,對半導體裝置之製造方法,以引用圖式的方式進行說明。 圖4A至圖4F係用以示意性地說明本實施形態之半導體裝置之製造方法中,於使用保護膜形成用複合片之情形時之製造方法的一例(本說明書中,有時稱「製造方法(1)」)之剖面圖。於此,對使用圖2所示之保護膜形成用複合片101之情形進行說明。 Hereinafter, a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device will be described with reference to drawings. 4A to 4F are schematically illustrating an example of the manufacturing method when a protective film forming composite sheet is used in the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device according to the present embodiment (in this specification, it is sometimes referred to as "the manufacturing method"). (1)") cross-sectional view. Here, a case of using the protective film forming composite sheet 101 shown in FIG. 2 will be described.

<<製造方法(1)>> <貼附步驟> 於前述製造方法(1)的前述貼附步驟中,如圖4A所示,藉由將已去除剝離膜15之前述保護膜形成用複合片101中的保護膜形成膜13貼附於半導體晶圓9之內面9b,而製造附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶圓901。保護膜形成膜13係將作為其露出面之第一面13a貼附於半導體晶圓9之內面9b。 圖4A中,符號9a所示為半導體晶圓9之電路面。 <<Manufacturing method (1)>> <Attachment steps> In the aforementioned attaching step of the aforementioned manufacturing method (1), as shown in FIG. 4A , the protective film forming film 13 in the protective film forming composite sheet 101 with the release film 15 removed is attached to the semiconductor wafer. The inner surface 9b of 9 is used to manufacture a semiconductor wafer 901 with a protective film forming film. The protective film forming film 13 is attached to the inner surface 9 b of the semiconductor wafer 9 with the first surface 13 a as its exposed surface. In FIG. 4A , symbol 9 a indicates the circuit surface of the semiconductor wafer 9 .

其中,於圖4A至圖4F中,省略了於半導體晶圓或半導體晶片之電路面中的電路及突狀電極等圖示。此於後面之圖中亦同。Among them, in FIGS. 4A to 4F , illustrations of circuits and protruding electrodes in the semiconductor wafer or the circuit surface of the semiconductor wafer are omitted. This is also the same in the following pictures.

保護膜形成膜13對於半導體晶圓9之貼附係可藉由使用輥的方法等公知之方法進行。The protective film forming film 13 can be attached to the semiconductor wafer 9 by a known method such as using a roller.

保護膜形成膜13對於半導體晶圓9之貼附條件則無特別限定。通常,貼附時之保護膜形成膜13的溫度(貼附溫度)較佳為20°C至100°C,更佳為65°C至75°C。貼附保護膜形成膜13之速度(貼附速度)較佳為0.1m/min至2m/min,貼附時對保護膜形成膜13施加之壓力(貼附壓力)較佳為0.1 MPa至0.6MPa。The conditions for attaching the protective film forming film 13 to the semiconductor wafer 9 are not particularly limited. Generally, the temperature of the protective film forming film 13 during attachment (attachment temperature) is preferably 20°C to 100°C, more preferably 65°C to 75°C. The speed at which the protective film-forming film 13 is attached (attaching speed) is preferably 0.1 m/min to 2 m/min, and the pressure (attachment pressure) applied to the protective film-forming film 13 during attachment is preferably 0.1 MPa to 0.6 MPa.

藉由自保護膜形成膜13所製造之第一試驗片之E’(1)為45MPa以下,於貼附步驟中,保護膜形成膜13對於半導體晶圓9之貼附性良好。例如,附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶圓901中,即使為此已被冷卻之狀態,亦能夠抑制保護膜形成膜13自半導體晶圓9剝離。The E'(1) of the first test piece produced by using the self-protective film-forming film 13 is 45 MPa or less. In the attachment step, the protective film-forming film 13 has good adhesion to the semiconductor wafer 9. For example, in the semiconductor wafer 901 with the protective film forming film, peeling of the protective film forming film 13 from the semiconductor wafer 9 can be suppressed even in a cooled state.

<印字步驟> 製造方法(1)之前述貼附步驟後,於前述印字步驟中,如圖4B所示,藉由對保護膜形成用複合片101中位於保護膜形成膜13的支撐片10側之面(亦即,第二面13b)照射雷射光R而對前述面進行雷射印字。 雷射印字係可藉由公知之方法進行。例如,藉由將雷射光R之波長設為532nm,將雷射光之頻率設為20 kHz至40kHz,將掃描速度設為100 mm/s至300mm/s,以照射雷射光R,而能夠以良好的方式進行雷射印字。雷射光R之波長亦可選擇別的波長。 <Print steps> Manufacturing method (1) After the above-mentioned attaching step, in the above-mentioned printing step, as shown in FIG. 4B , by attaching the surface of the protective film-forming composite sheet 101 located on the support sheet 10 side of the protective film-forming film 13 (also That is, the second surface 13b) is irradiated with laser light R to perform laser printing on the surface. Laser printing can be performed by known methods. For example, by setting the wavelength of the laser light R to 532nm, setting the frequency of the laser light to 20 kHz to 40 kHz, and setting the scanning speed to 100 mm/s to 300 mm/s to irradiate the laser light R, it is possible to achieve a good method for laser printing. The wavelength of the laser light R can also be selected from other wavelengths.

藉由自保護膜形成膜13所製造之第一試驗片之E’(2)為200MPa以上,於印字步驟後的保護膜形成膜13(更具體而言,保護膜形成膜13之第二面13b),能夠以清晰的方式形成印字。The E'(2) of the first test piece produced by the self-protective film-forming film 13 is 200 MPa or more, and the protective film-forming film 13 after the printing step (more specifically, the second side of the protective film-forming film 13 13b), capable of forming printed characters in a clear manner.

<加工步驟> 製造方法(1)之前述印字步驟後,於前述加工步驟中,於保護膜形成用複合片101中的支撐片10上,將半導體晶圓9分割為半導體晶片90,並沿著半導體晶圓9之分割處切斷保護膜形成膜13。藉此,如圖4C所示,製造附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶片913,其具備:半導體晶片90;以及設於半導體晶片90之內面90b的切斷後之保護膜形成膜130,並製造附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶片群902,係藉由複數個附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶片913整齊排列並固定於支撐片10上而構成。 圖4C中,符號130a所示為切斷後的保護膜形成膜130之第一面,並對應於保護膜形成膜13之第一面13a。另外,符號130b所示為切斷後的保護膜形成膜130之第二面,並對應於保護膜形成膜13之第二面13b。另外,符號90a所示為半導體晶片90之電路面,並對應於半導體晶圓9之電路面9a。 <Processing steps> Manufacturing method (1) After the above-mentioned printing step, in the above-mentioned processing step, the semiconductor wafer 9 is divided into semiconductor wafers 90 on the support sheet 10 in the protective film forming composite sheet 101, and The protective film is cut at the dividing point to form film 13. Thereby, as shown in FIG. 4C , a semiconductor wafer 913 with a protective film forming film is manufactured, which includes a semiconductor wafer 90 and the cut protective film forming film 130 provided on the inner surface 90 b of the semiconductor wafer 90 , and is manufactured. The semiconductor wafer group 902 with a protective film forming film is composed of a plurality of semiconductor wafers 913 with a protective film forming film arranged in order and fixed on the support sheet 10 . In FIG. 4C , symbol 130 a indicates the first surface of the protective film forming film 130 after cutting, and corresponds to the first surface 13 a of the protective film forming film 13 . In addition, reference numeral 130 b indicates the second surface of the protective film-forming film 130 after cutting, and corresponds to the second surface 13 b of the protective film-forming film 13 . In addition, reference numeral 90 a indicates a circuit surface of the semiconductor wafer 90 and corresponds to the circuit surface 9 a of the semiconductor wafer 9 .

於製造方法(1)之加工步驟中,例如亦可同時進行半導體晶圓9之分割及保護膜形成膜13之切斷,亦可先分割半導體晶圓9再切斷保護膜形成膜13。 於製造方法(1)中,無論其順序,於以未中斷的方式藉由同一操作而連續進行半導體晶圓之分割和保護膜形成膜之切斷之情形時,則視為同時進行半導體晶圓之分割及保護膜形成膜之切斷。 In the processing step of the manufacturing method (1), for example, the semiconductor wafer 9 may be divided and the protective film forming film 13 may be cut at the same time, or the semiconductor wafer 9 may be divided first and then the protective film forming film 13 may be cut. In the manufacturing method (1), regardless of the order, when the dividing of the semiconductor wafer and the cutting of the protective film forming film are continuously performed by the same operation in an uninterrupted manner, the semiconductor wafer is deemed to be performed simultaneously. The separation and protective film forming film are cut off.

半導體晶圓9之分割及保護膜形成膜13之切斷皆可根據進行該等之順序而藉由公知之方法進行。The division of the semiconductor wafer 9 and the cutting of the protective film forming film 13 can be performed by known methods according to the order of performing these.

例如,藉由使用刀片之刀切割、利用雷射光照射之雷射切割、或利用噴附包含研磨劑之水之水切割等各種切割方式,而能同時進行半導體晶圓9之分割及保護膜形成膜13之切斷。 另外,藉由隱形切割(註冊商標)而形成改質層,且將未進行分割之半導體晶圓9及保護膜形成膜13同時朝向與該等表面平行之方向拉伸,即進行所謂的擴展法,亦可同時進行半導體晶圓9之分割及保護膜形成膜13之切斷。這種擴展法較佳為於−20°C至5°C等低溫下進行。 For example, the semiconductor wafer 9 can be divided and the protective film can be formed simultaneously by various cutting methods such as knife cutting using a blade, laser cutting using laser light irradiation, or water cutting using water containing abrasives. Cutting of membrane 13. In addition, the modified layer is formed by stealth dicing (registered trademark), and the undivided semiconductor wafer 9 and the protective film forming film 13 are simultaneously stretched in a direction parallel to the surfaces, that is, a so-called expansion method is performed. , the semiconductor wafer 9 can also be divided and the protective film forming film 13 can be cut simultaneously. This expansion method is preferably carried out at low temperatures such as −20°C to 5°C.

隱形切割(註冊商標)為如下所述之方法。亦即,首先於半導體晶圓之內部,預設預定分割處,將此處作為焦點,藉由以聚焦於此焦點之方式照射雷射光,而於半導體晶圓內部形成改質層。半導體晶圓之改質層與半導體晶圓之其他處不同,藉由雷射光照射而變質,故強度變弱。因此,藉由對半導體晶圓施加外力,於半導體晶圓內部之改質層中發生朝向半導體晶圓之雙面方向的裂縫,而成為半導體晶圓之分割起始點。繼而,對半導體晶圓施加外力,於前述改質層之部位分割半導體晶圓,而製造半導體晶片。Invisible cutting (registered trademark) is the method described below. That is, first, a predetermined division point is preset inside the semiconductor wafer, and this point is used as a focus. By focusing the laser light on this focus, a modified layer is formed inside the semiconductor wafer. The modified layer of the semiconductor wafer is different from other parts of the semiconductor wafer. It is modified by laser light irradiation, so the intensity becomes weaker. Therefore, by applying an external force to the semiconductor wafer, cracks are generated in the modified layer inside the semiconductor wafer toward both sides of the semiconductor wafer, and become the starting point for dividing the semiconductor wafer. Then, an external force is applied to the semiconductor wafer, and the semiconductor wafer is divided at the portion of the modified layer, thereby manufacturing a semiconductor wafer.

<拾取步驟> 製造方法(1)之前述加工步驟後,於前述拾取步驟中,如圖4D所示,將附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶片913自支撐片10扯離而拾取。 於製造方法(1)之拾取步驟中,附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶片913中的保護膜形成膜130之第二面130b與支撐片10中的黏著劑層12之第一面12a間發生剝離。 <Pickup steps> Manufacturing method (1) After the aforementioned processing steps, in the aforementioned picking up step, as shown in FIG. 4D , the semiconductor wafer 913 with the protective film forming film is pulled away from the supporting sheet 10 and picked up. In the pick-up step of the manufacturing method (1), the second surface 130b of the protective film-forming film 130 in the semiconductor wafer 913 with the protective film-forming film and the first surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12 in the support sheet 10 occur. Strip.

附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶片913亦可藉由公知之方法而進行拾取。 其中,於製造方法(1)中,較佳為將附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶片913自支撐片10側隔著(介隔)支撐片10並利用銷頂起,而進行拾取。於圖4D中進而顯示了利用真空筒夾(vacuum collet)等扯離手段7,將附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶片913朝向箭頭P方向扯離之情形。 The semiconductor wafer 913 with the protective film forming film can also be picked up by a known method. Among them, in the manufacturing method (1), it is preferable to lift the semiconductor wafer 913 with the protective film-forming film from the side of the supporting sheet 10 across the supporting sheet 10 and lift it up with a pin. FIG. 4D further shows a situation in which the semiconductor wafer 913 with the protective film forming film is pulled away in the direction of arrow P using a pulling means 7 such as a vacuum collet.

於使用銷之情形時,銷之隻數可僅為一隻,亦可為兩隻以上之複數隻。 附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶片913之拾取較佳為於常溫下進行,亦可於室溫下進行。 When pins are used, the number of pins may be only one, or a plurality of two or more pins. Picking up the semiconductor wafer 913 with the protective film forming film is preferably performed at normal temperature, but may also be performed at room temperature.

藉由由保護膜形成膜13所製造之第一試驗片之E’(2)為200MPa以上,於拾取步驟後之保護膜形成膜130(更具體而言,於保護膜形成膜130之第二面130b)上,能夠抑制銷之頂起痕之殘留。With the E'(2) of the first test piece produced from the protective film-forming film 13 being 200 MPa or more, the protective film-forming film 130 after the pickup step (more specifically, the second test piece of the protective film-forming film 130 On the surface 130b), it is possible to suppress the residue of the push-up mark of the pin.

<接合步驟> 製造方法(1)之前述拾取步驟後,於前述接合步驟中,如圖4E所示,藉由將所拾取的附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶片913中之突狀電極覆晶連接於基板6之電路面6a,而使附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶片913接合於前述電路面6a。 前述突狀電極係設置於附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶片913中的半導體晶片90之電路面90a。 於接合步驟,例如,藉由將附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶片913中的突狀電極接觸於在基板6的電路面6a所設置之連接墊,以使前述突狀電極與前述電路面6a上的前述連接墊產生電連接而能進行覆晶連接。其中,於圖4E所示之基板6中,省略了電路等圖示。 附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶片913對於前述電路面6a接合可藉由公知之方法進行。 <Joining step> Manufacturing method (1) After the foregoing pickup step, in the foregoing bonding step, as shown in FIG. 4E , the protruding electrodes in the picked up semiconductor wafer 913 with a protective film forming film are flip-chip connected to the substrate 6 The circuit surface 6a is connected to the circuit surface 6a, and the semiconductor chip 913 with the protective film forming film is bonded to the circuit surface 6a. The protruding electrodes are provided on the circuit surface 90a of the semiconductor wafer 90 in the semiconductor wafer 913 with the protective film forming film. In the bonding step, for example, the protruding electrodes in the semiconductor wafer 913 with the protective film forming film are brought into contact with the connection pads provided on the circuit surface 6a of the substrate 6, so that the protruding electrodes are connected to the circuit surface 6a. The aforementioned connection pads on the substrate generate electrical connections and enable flip-chip connections. In the substrate 6 shown in FIG. 4E , illustrations of circuits and the like are omitted. The semiconductor wafer 913 with the protective film forming film can be bonded to the circuit surface 6a by a known method.

<熱硬化步驟> 於製造方法(1)之前述接合步驟後,於前述熱硬化步驟中,藉由使附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶片913中的保護膜形成膜130熱硬化,如圖4F所示,形成保護膜130’。藉此,附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶片913成為附有保護膜之半導體晶片913’,其具備半導體晶片90、以及設於半導體晶片90之內面90b的保護膜130’。 於圖4F中、符號130b’表示為保護膜130’之第二面,並對應於切斷後之保護膜形成膜130的第二面130b。 <Thermal hardening step> After the aforementioned bonding step in the manufacturing method (1), in the aforementioned thermal hardening step, by thermally curing the protective film forming film 130 in the semiconductor wafer 913 with the protective film forming film, as shown in FIG. 4F, a protective film is formed. Membrane 130'. Thereby, the semiconductor wafer 913 with the protective film forming film becomes the semiconductor wafer with a protective film 913', which includes the semiconductor wafer 90 and the protective film 130' provided on the inner surface 90b of the semiconductor wafer 90. In FIG. 4F, symbol 130b' indicates the second surface of the protective film 130', and corresponds to the second surface 130b of the protective film forming film 130 after cutting.

於熱硬化步驟中,對保護膜形成膜130進行熱硬化時之加熱溫度和加熱時間如前面所述。In the thermal hardening step, the heating temperature and heating time when thermally curing the protective film forming film 130 are as described above.

藉由由保護膜形成膜13所製造之第二試驗片之E’(3)為500MPa以上,保護膜130’會具有高保護性能,且半導體晶片90之保護功效高。 進而,藉由由保護膜形成膜13所製造之第一試驗片之E’(2)為200MPa以上,於印字步驟中對保護膜形成膜13(更具體而言,保護膜形成膜13之第二面13b)所進行的印字於保護膜130’(更具體而言,保護膜130’之第二面130b’)上能以清晰的方式保留。 When the E'(3) of the second test piece made of the protective film-forming film 13 is 500 MPa or more, the protective film 130' will have high protective performance, and the protective effect of the semiconductor wafer 90 will be high. Furthermore, since the E'(2) of the first test piece produced from the protective film-forming film 13 is 200 MPa or more, the protective film-forming film 13 (more specifically, the first test piece of the protective film-forming film 13) is modified in the printing step. The printing performed on the second side 13b) can be clearly retained on the protective film 130' (more specifically, the second side 130b' of the protective film 130').

於製造方法(1)中,利用藉由熱硬化步驟而獲得之具備附有保護膜之半導體晶片913’的基板6,接下來,根據公知之方法,而製造半導體封裝體,並藉由利用此半導體封裝體,而能製造目標之半導體裝置。In the manufacturing method (1), the substrate 6 having the semiconductor wafer 913' with the protective film obtained by the thermal hardening step is used. Next, a semiconductor package is manufactured according to a known method, and by using this Semiconductor packages can be used to manufacture target semiconductor devices.

至此,作為製造方法(1),雖說明了於利用保護膜形成用複合片之情形之半導體裝置的製造方法,但即使利用未構成保護膜形成用複合片之保護膜形成膜來代替保護膜形成用複合片,亦可製造半導體裝置。 圖5A至圖5G係用以示意性地說明本實施形態之半導體裝置的製造方法中,於利用未構成保護膜形成用複合片之保護膜形成膜的情形時的製造方法之一例(本說明書中,有時稱「製造方法(2)」)之剖面圖。於此,對使用圖1所示之保護膜形成膜13之情形進行說明。 So far, as the manufacturing method (1), the manufacturing method of a semiconductor device in the case of using the composite sheet for protective film formation has been described. However, even if a protective film forming film that does not constitute the composite sheet for protective film formation is used instead of the protective film forming Semiconductor devices can also be manufactured using composite sheets. 5A to 5G are schematically illustrating an example of the manufacturing method in the case of forming a film using a protective film that does not constitute the composite sheet for forming a protective film in the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device according to the present embodiment (in this specification , sometimes called "manufacturing method (2)") cross-sectional view. Here, a case of using the protective film forming film 13 shown in FIG. 1 will be described.

<<製造方法(2)>> <貼附步驟> 於前述製造方法(2)之前述貼附步驟中,如圖5A所示,藉由將未構成前述保護膜形成用複合片之保護膜形成膜13(更具體而言,已去除第一剝離膜151之保護膜形成膜13)貼附於半導體晶圓9之內面9b,而製造附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶圓901。 本步驟係構成保護膜形成用複合片101,換言之,除了使用具備第二剝離膜152之保護膜形成膜13來代替具備支撐片10之保護膜形成膜13以外,與製造方法(1)之前述貼附步驟相同。 <<Manufacturing method (2)>> <Attachment steps> In the aforementioned attaching step of the aforementioned manufacturing method (2), as shown in FIG. 5A , the protective film forming film 13 (more specifically, the first peeling film has been removed) that does not constitute the protective film forming composite sheet is The protective film-forming film 13) of 151 is attached to the inner surface 9b of the semiconductor wafer 9 to produce a semiconductor wafer 901 with a protective film-forming film. This step constitutes the protective film forming composite sheet 101. In other words, except that the protective film forming film 13 provided with the second release film 152 is used instead of the protective film forming film 13 provided with the support sheet 10, it is the same as the manufacturing method (1) described above. The attaching steps are the same.

保護膜形成膜13亦可於貼附於半導體晶圓9之內面9b前,裁斷為與半導體晶圓9相同的直徑或與晶圓之直徑相比小1mm至10mm之直徑之圓形狀。藉此,提高於貼附步驟中之作業性及於後述第二剝離膜152之去除作業性。The protective film forming film 13 may also be cut into a circular shape having the same diameter as the semiconductor wafer 9 or a diameter 1 mm to 10 mm smaller than the diameter of the wafer 9 before being attached to the inner surface 9 b of the semiconductor wafer 9 . This improves the workability in the attaching step and the removal workability of the second release film 152 described below.

<印字步驟> 製造方法(2)之前述貼附步驟後,於前述印字步驟中,於圖5B所示,對藉由自附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶圓901去除了第二剝離膜152而新產生的露出面(亦即,保護膜形成膜13之第二面13b)照射雷射光R,而對該面進行雷射印字。雷射印字後之附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶圓901與製造方法(1)中的雷射印字後之附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶圓901相同。 於製造方法(2)中,藉由由保護膜形成膜13所製造之第一試驗片之E’(2)為200MPa以上,於印字步驟後之保護膜形成膜13(更具體而言,保護膜形成膜13之第二面13b)上,亦能夠以清晰的方式形成印字。 <Print steps> Manufacturing method (2) After the above-mentioned attaching step, in the above-mentioned printing step, as shown in FIG. 5B , the second release film 152 is newly generated by removing the second release film 152 from the semiconductor wafer 901 to which the protective film forming film is attached. The exposed surface (that is, the second surface 13b of the protective film forming film 13) is irradiated with laser light R, and laser printing is performed on this surface. The semiconductor wafer 901 with a protective film forming film after laser printing is the same as the semiconductor wafer 901 with a protective film forming film after laser printing in the manufacturing method (1). In the manufacturing method (2), the E'(2) of the first test piece manufactured by using the protective film-forming film 13 is 200 MPa or more, and the protective film-forming film 13 (more specifically, the protective film 13 after the printing step) Printing can also be clearly formed on the second surface 13b) of the film forming film 13.

<切割片貼附步驟> 製造方法(2)之前述印字步驟後,如圖5C所示,將切割片80貼附於附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶圓901中的保護膜形成膜13之第二面13b。切割片80具備基材81、以及設於基材81之一面的黏著劑層82。於本步驟中,將黏著劑層82中與基材81側為相反側之面(本說明書中,有時稱「第一面」)82a貼附於保護膜形成膜13之第二面13b。黏著劑層82之第一面82a與切割片80之第一面80a相同。 如此,製造方法(2)具有切割片貼附步驟,係於前述印字步驟與前述加工步驟之間,將切割片貼附於前述附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶圓中的前述保護膜形成膜中與前述半導體晶圓側為相反側之面。 <Steps for attaching cutting sheet> After the aforementioned printing step in the manufacturing method (2), as shown in FIG. 5C , the dicing sheet 80 is attached to the second surface 13 b of the protective film forming film 13 in the semiconductor wafer 901 with the protective film forming film. The dicing sheet 80 includes a base material 81 and an adhesive layer 82 provided on one side of the base material 81 . In this step, the side 82a of the adhesive layer 82 opposite to the side of the substrate 81 (sometimes referred to as the "first side" in this specification) is attached to the second side 13b of the protective film forming film 13 . The first surface 82a of the adhesive layer 82 is the same as the first surface 80a of the cutting blade 80. In this way, the manufacturing method (2) has a step of attaching the dicing sheet to the protective film-forming film in the semiconductor wafer with the protective film-forming film between the printing step and the processing step. The side opposite to the aforementioned semiconductor wafer side is the side.

切割片80亦可與保護膜形成用複合片101中的支撐片10具有相同的結構。 於此,顯示了使用切割片80之情形,然而於製造方法(2)中,亦可使用例如僅由基材所構成之切割片等之切割片80以外之公知的切割片。 The cutting sheet 80 may have the same structure as the support sheet 10 in the protective film forming composite sheet 101 . Here, the case where the dicing blade 80 is used is shown. However, in the manufacturing method (2), a known dicing blade other than the dicing blade 80 such as a dicing blade composed only of a base material may be used.

切割片80對保護膜形成膜13之貼附係藉由公知之方法進行,例如,以與於製造方法(1)之前述貼附步驟中的保護膜形成用複合片101對於半導體晶圓9之貼附之情形相同的方法進行。The dicing sheet 80 is attached to the protective film-forming film 13 by a known method. For example, the protective film-forming composite sheet 101 is attached to the semiconductor wafer 9 in the above-described attachment step in the manufacturing method (1). The same method is used for attaching.

製造方法(2)中,於前述切割片貼附步驟之後,使用具備切割片80之附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶圓901來代替前述具備支撐片10之附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶圓901,除此以外,以與製造方法(1)之情形相同的方法進行加工步驟、拾取步驟、接合步驟及熱硬化步驟,而能製造目標之半導體裝置。In the manufacturing method (2), after the aforementioned dicing sheet attaching step, the semiconductor wafer 901 with the protective film forming film provided with the dicing sheet 80 is used instead of the aforementioned semiconductor wafer with the protective film forming film provided with the supporting sheet 10. Except for the circle 901, the processing step, the picking up step, the bonding step and the thermal hardening step are carried out in the same manner as in the manufacturing method (1), so that the target semiconductor device can be manufactured.

<加工步驟> 例如,於製造方法(2)之前述印字步驟(前述切割片貼附步驟)後,於前述加工步驟中,如圖5D所示,於切割片80上,藉由將半導體晶圓9分割為半導體晶片90,並沿著半導體晶圓9之分割處切斷保護膜形成膜13,而製造附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶片913。以此方式所獲得之附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶片913係與製造方法(1)中的附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶片913相同。於製造方法(2)之加工步驟中,與附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶片913一併製造附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶片群903,係將複數個附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶片913整齊排列於切割片80上而構成。 <Processing steps> For example, after the aforementioned printing step (the aforementioned dicing sheet attaching step) in the manufacturing method (2), in the aforementioned processing step, as shown in FIG. 5D , the semiconductor wafer 9 is divided into semiconductors on the dicing sheet 80 wafer 90, and the protective film forming film 13 is cut along the dividing portion of the semiconductor wafer 9 to produce a semiconductor wafer 913 with a protective film forming film. The semiconductor wafer 913 with a protective film forming film obtained in this manner is the same as the semiconductor wafer 913 with a protective film forming film in the manufacturing method (1). In the processing step of the manufacturing method (2), the semiconductor wafer group 903 with a protective film forming film is manufactured together with the semiconductor wafer 913 with a protective film forming film by combining a plurality of semiconductor wafers with a protective film forming film. 913 are arranged neatly on the cutting piece 80.

<拾取步驟> 例如,於製造方法(2)之前述加工步驟後,於前述拾取步驟中,如圖5E所示,將附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶片913自切割片80扯離而拾取。 於製造方法(2)之前述拾取步驟中,於附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶片913中的保護膜形成膜130之第二面130b與切割片80中的黏著劑層82之第一面82a之間發生剝離。 於製造方法(2)中,藉由由保護膜形成膜13所製造的第一試驗片之E’(2)為200MPa以上,於拾取步驟後之保護膜形成膜130(更具體而言,保護膜形成膜130之第二面130b)中,亦能夠抑制殘留銷之頂起痕。 <Pickup steps> For example, after the aforementioned processing step in the manufacturing method (2), in the aforementioned picking up step, as shown in FIG. 5E , the semiconductor wafer 913 with the protective film forming film is pulled away from the dicing sheet 80 and picked up. In the aforementioned pickup step of the manufacturing method (2), the second surface 130b of the protective film forming film 130 in the semiconductor wafer 913 with the protective film forming film and the first surface 82a of the adhesive layer 82 in the dicing sheet 80 are Peeling occurs between them. In the manufacturing method (2), the E'(2) of the first test piece manufactured by using the protective film-forming film 13 is 200 MPa or more, and the protective film-forming film 130 (more specifically, the protective film 130 after the pickup step) In the second surface 130b) of the film forming film 130, it is also possible to suppress the lifting marks of the remaining pins.

<接合步驟、熱硬化步驟> 於製造方法(2)之前述拾取步驟中所拾取之附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶片913與於製造方法(1)之前述拾取步驟中所拾取之附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶片913相同。從而,製造方法(2)中此後之前述接合步驟及熱硬化步驟,如圖5F至圖5G所示,亦與製造方法(1)中之前述接合步驟及熱硬化步驟相同。 於製造方法(2)中,藉由由保護膜形成膜13所製造之第二試驗片之E’(3)為500MPa以上,保護膜130’亦具有高保護性能,且半導體晶片90之保護功效亦高。 進而,於製造方法(2)中,藉由由保護膜形成膜13所製造之第一試驗片之E’(2)為200MPa以上,印字步驟中對保護膜形成膜13(更具體而言,保護膜形成膜13之第二面13b)所進行之印字亦於保護膜130’(更具體而言,保護膜130’之第二面130b’)上以清晰的方式保留。 <Joining step, thermal hardening step> The semiconductor wafer 913 with the protective film forming film picked up in the aforementioned pickup step of the manufacturing method (2) is the same as the semiconductor wafer 913 with the protective film forming film picked up in the aforementioned pickup step of the manufacturing method (1). . Therefore, the aforementioned bonding steps and thermal hardening steps in the manufacturing method (2), as shown in FIGS. 5F to 5G , are also the same as the aforementioned bonding steps and thermal hardening steps in the manufacturing method (1). In the manufacturing method (2), the E'(3) of the second test piece manufactured by using the protective film forming film 13 is 500 MPa or more, the protective film 130' also has high protective performance, and the protective effect of the semiconductor wafer 90 is Also high. Furthermore, in the manufacturing method (2), the E'(2) of the first test piece manufactured by using the protective film-forming film 13 is 200 MPa or more, and in the printing step, the protective film-forming film 13 (more specifically, The printing performed on the second side 13b) of the protective film forming film 13 is also clearly retained on the protective film 130' (more specifically, the second side 130b' of the protective film 130').

<<半導體裝置的製造方法之變形例>> 本實施形態之半導體裝置的製造方法於不損及本發明之功效之範圍內,亦可具有不相當於前述貼附步驟、前述印字步驟、前述切割片貼附步驟、前述加工步驟、前述拾取步驟、前述接合步驟、前述熱硬化步驟中任一步驟之其他步驟。 前述其他步驟可根據目的而任意選擇,並無特別限定。 進行前述其他步驟之時間點係可根據前述其他步驟之內容而適宜選擇。 <<Modification of the method of manufacturing a semiconductor device>> The manufacturing method of the semiconductor device of this embodiment may also include steps that are not equivalent to the aforementioned attaching step, the aforementioned printing step, the aforementioned dicing sheet attaching step, the aforementioned processing step, and the aforementioned picking-up step within the scope that does not impair the effects of the present invention. , other steps of any one of the aforementioned bonding step and the aforementioned thermal hardening step. The aforementioned other steps can be selected arbitrarily according to the purpose and are not particularly limited. The time point for performing the aforementioned other steps can be appropriately selected based on the content of the aforementioned other steps.

作為前述半導體裝置的製造方法中之前述其他步驟之一例,可舉出:背面研磨膠帶貼附步驟,係於前述貼附步驟前,將背面研磨膠帶貼附於前述半導體晶圓之電路面;以及背面研磨膠帶去除步驟,係於前述背面研磨膠帶貼附步驟後與前述貼附步驟前之間,自前述半導體晶圓之電路面去除背面研磨膠帶。 前述背面研磨膠帶亦可為公知之背面研磨膠帶,且前述背面研磨膠帶對半導體晶圓之電路面的貼附、以及自半導體晶圓之電路面去除係可藉由公知之方法進行。 As an example of the aforementioned other steps in the manufacturing method of the aforementioned semiconductor device, there can be cited: a back polishing tape attaching step, in which the back grinding tape is attached to the circuit surface of the semiconductor wafer before the aforementioned attaching step; and The back polishing tape removal step is to remove the back polishing tape from the circuit surface of the semiconductor wafer between after and before the aforementioned back polishing tape attaching step. The back polishing tape may also be a known back polishing tape, and the attachment of the back polishing tape to the circuit surface of the semiconductor wafer and its removal from the circuit surface of the semiconductor wafer can be performed by known methods.

本說明書中,僅記載「貼附步驟」意指不屬於「切割片貼附步驟」和「背面研磨膠帶貼附步驟」中的任一步驟,並意指將前述保護膜形成膜或前述保護膜形成用複合片中的保護膜形成膜貼附於半導體晶圓之內面的前述步驟。In this specification, only "attaching step" means that it does not belong to any of the "cutting sheet attaching step" and "back polishing tape attaching step", and means that the aforementioned protective film is formed into a film or the aforementioned protective film The protective film in the composite sheet is formed to be attached to the inner surface of the semiconductor wafer in the aforementioned step.

至此,作為前述製造方法(1),說明了使用如圖2所示之保護膜形成用複合片101之情形,然而,於本實施形態的半導體裝置之製造方法中,亦可使用以如圖3所示之保護膜形成用複合片102等為主之其他保護膜形成用複合片。 於使用前述其他保護膜形成用複合片之情形時,亦可基於前述其他保護膜形成用複合片與如圖2所示之保護膜形成用複合片101之構成上之差異,本實施形態的半導體裝置的製造方法亦可具有於任一時間點進行之前述其他步驟。 [實施例] So far, as the manufacturing method (1), the case of using the protective film forming composite sheet 101 as shown in FIG. 2 has been described. However, in the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device of this embodiment, the method as shown in FIG. 3 can also be used. The composite sheet 102 for forming a protective film shown is mainly other composite sheets for forming a protective film. When the other composite sheet for protective film formation is used, the semiconductor of this embodiment may also be used based on the structural difference between the other composite sheet for protective film formation and the composite sheet for protective film formation 101 shown in FIG. 2 . The method of fabricating the device may also have other steps described above performed at any point in time. [Example]

以下,以具體的實施例,對本發明進行進一步詳細的説明。然而,本發明並不限於以下所示之實施例。Below, the present invention will be described in further detail with specific examples. However, the present invention is not limited to the embodiments shown below.

<樹脂之製造原料> 將本實施例及比較例使用簡稱之樹脂的製造原料之正式名稱所示如下。 MA:丙烯酸甲酯 HEA:丙烯酸-2-羥基乙酯 ACrMO:4-丙烯醯基嗎啉 <Making raw materials for resin> The formal names of the manufacturing raw materials, which are abbreviated as resins in the present Examples and Comparative Examples, are as follows. MA: Methyl acrylate HEA: 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate ACrMO: 4-acrylylmorpholine

<保護膜形成用組成物之製造原料> 將用於製造保護膜形成用組成物之原料表示如下。 [聚合物成分(A)] (A)-1:將MA(85質量份)及HEA(15質量份)共聚合而成之丙烯酸聚合物(重量平均分子量400000、玻璃轉換溫度6°C) (A)-2:將MA(60質量份)、ACrMO(25質量份)及HEA(15質量份)共聚合而成之丙烯酸聚合物(重量平均分子量200000、玻璃轉換溫度29°C) [環氧樹脂(B1)] (B1)-1:雙酚A型環氧樹脂(三菱化學公司製造之「jER828」,環氧當量184 g/eq至194g/eq) [熱硬化劑(B2)] (B2)-1:二氰二胺(熱活性潛伏性環氧樹脂硬化劑,三菱化學公司製造之「DICY7」) [硬化促進劑(C)] (C)-1:咪唑系硬化促進劑(1,3,5-三嗪-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-三酮與6-2-(2-甲基-1H-咪唑-1-基)乙基-1,3,5-三嗪-2,4-二胺之1:1混合物,四國化成工業公司製造之「CUREZOL(註冊商標)2MAOK-PW」) (C)-2:2-苯基-4,5-二羥甲基咪唑(四國化成工業公司製造之「CUREZOL(註冊商標)2PHZ」) (C)-3:2-十一基咪唑(四國化成工業公司製造之「CUREZOL(註冊商標)C11Z」) [填充材料(D)] (D)-1:氧化矽填料(Admatechs公司製造之「SC105G-MMQ」,以乙烯基進行表面修飾之球狀氧化矽填料,平均粒徑0.3μm) [著色劑(I)] (I)-1:有機系黑色顏料(大日精化工業公司製造之「6377 Black」) <Making raw materials of composition for forming protective film> The raw materials used for manufacturing the protective film forming composition are shown below. [Polymer component (A)] (A)-1: Acrylic polymer (weight average molecular weight 400000, glass transition temperature 6°C) copolymerized MA (85 parts by mass) and HEA (15 parts by mass) (A)-2: Acrylic polymer (weight average molecular weight 200000, glass transition temperature 29°C) copolymerized MA (60 parts by mass), ACrMO (25 parts by mass) and HEA (15 parts by mass) [Epoxy resin (B1)] (B1)-1: Bisphenol A type epoxy resin ("jER828" manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation, epoxy equivalent 184 g/eq to 194g/eq) [Thermal hardener (B2)] (B2)-1: Dicyanodiamide (heat-active latent epoxy resin hardener, "DICY7" manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation) [Harding accelerator (C)] (C)-1: Imidazole hardening accelerator (1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-trione and 6-2-(2-methyl-1H-imidazole) -1:1 mixture of 1-yl)ethyl-1,3,5-triazine-2,4-diamine, "CUREZOL (registered trademark) 2MAOK-PW" manufactured by Shikoku Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) (C)-2: 2-phenyl-4,5-dihydroxymethylimidazole ("CUREZOL (registered trademark) 2PHZ" manufactured by Shikoku Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) (C)-3: 2-Undecylimidazole ("CUREZOL (registered trademark) C11Z" manufactured by Shikoku Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) [Filling material (D)] (D)-1: Silica filler ("SC105G-MMQ" manufactured by Admatechs, spherical silica filler surface-modified with vinyl, average particle size 0.3 μm) [Color(I)] (I)-1: Organic black pigment ("6377 Black" manufactured by Dainichi Seika Industrial Co., Ltd.)

[實施例1] <<保護膜形成膜之製造>> <保護膜形成用組成物(III)之製造> 藉由將聚合物成分(A)-1(25.9質量份)、環氧樹脂(B1)-1(10質量份)、硬化促進劑(C)-1(1.1質量份)、填充材料(D)-1(60質量份)及著色劑(I)-1(3質量份)溶解或分散於甲基乙基酮,並於23°C進行攪拌,而獲得溶媒以外之全部成分之合計濃度為60質量%的熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物(III)-1。於此所示之甲基乙基酮以外之成分的混合量皆為不包含溶媒之目的物的混合量。 [Example 1] <<Production of protective film forming film>> <Production of protective film forming composition (III)> By combining polymer component (A)-1 (25.9 parts by mass), epoxy resin (B1)-1 (10 parts by mass), hardening accelerator (C)-1 (1.1 parts by mass), and filler (D) -1 (60 parts by mass) and coloring agent (I)-1 (3 parts by mass) are dissolved or dispersed in methyl ethyl ketone, and stirred at 23°C, so that the total concentration of all components except the solvent is 60 Mass % of the composition (III)-1 for forming a thermosetting protective film. The mixing amounts of components other than methyl ethyl ketone shown here are the mixing amounts of the target product excluding the solvent.

<保護膜形成膜之製造> 使用以聚矽氧處理對聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯製膜的單面進行了剝離處理的剝離膜(第二剝離膜、琳得科公司製造之「SP-PET502150」,厚度50μm),於前述剝離處理面上,塗敷了如上所獲得之保護膜形成用組成物(III)-1,並於100°C進行乾燥兩分鐘,以製造厚度25μm之熱硬化性保護膜形成膜。 <Manufacture of protective film forming film> A release film (second release film, "SP-PET502150" manufactured by Lintec Co., Ltd., thickness 50 μm) in which one side of the polyethylene terephthalate film was peeled off with polysiloxane treatment was used. The protective film-forming composition (III)-1 obtained above was applied to the peeling-treated surface and dried at 100° C. for two minutes to produce a thermosetting protective film-forming film with a thickness of 25 μm.

進而,藉由於貼附速度2m/min、貼附溫度60°C、貼附壓力0.5MPa之條件下,將剝離膜(第一剝離膜、琳得科公司製造之「SP-PET381031」,厚度38μm)的剝離處理面貼附於所獲得之保護膜形成膜中位於不具第二剝離膜之一側的露出面,而製造附有剝離膜之保護膜形成膜,係具備保護膜形成膜、設於前述保護膜形成膜中一面之第一剝離膜、以及設於前述保護膜形成膜中另一面的第二剝離膜而構成。Furthermore, under the conditions of attachment speed of 2 m/min, attachment temperature of 60°C, and attachment pressure of 0.5 MPa, the release film (first release film, "SP-PET381031" manufactured by Lintec Corporation, thickness 38 μm ) is attached to the exposed surface on the side without the second release film of the obtained protective film-forming film, and a protective film-forming film with a release film is produced by having a protective film-forming film, The protective film-forming film is composed of a first release film on one side and a second release film provided on the other side of the protective film-forming film.

<<保護膜形成膜之評價>> <第一試驗片的儲存彈性模數E’之最小值E’(1)及最大值E’(2)之測定> 藉由使用如上所獲得之八片附有剝離膜之保護膜形成膜,一邊去除該等之第一剝離膜或第二剝離膜,一邊依序貼合保護膜形成膜彼此之露出面,而製造積層物,此積層物係依序積層第二剝離膜、八片保護膜形成膜(合計厚度為200μm)、以及第二剝離膜而構成。接著,自此積層物切出了寬度為4mm、長度為30mm之切片。 接著,自此切片去除位於最表面之兩片的第二剝離膜,將藉此所獲得之物作為第一試驗片。 接著,利用動態黏彈性測定裝置(ORIENTEC Co.,LTD製造之「Rheovibron DDV-II-EP1」),以拉伸法(拉伸模式),於夾頭間距離20mm、頻率11Hz、升溫速度3°C/min、等速升溫之測定條件下,於−20°C至150°C之溫度範圍內,對前述第一試驗片之儲存彈性模數E’進行測定。其中,將於23°C至70°C之溫度範圍中的最小值E’(1)及最大值E’(2)表示於表1。 <<Evaluation of protective film forming film>> <Measurement of the minimum value E’(1) and the maximum value E’(2) of the storage elastic modulus E’ of the first test piece> It is produced by using the eight pieces of protective film-forming films with release films obtained as above and sequentially bonding the exposed surfaces of the protective film-forming films while removing the first release film or the second release film. A laminate composed of a second release film, eight protective film-forming films (total thickness: 200 μm), and a second release film laminated in this order. Next, slices with a width of 4 mm and a length of 30 mm were cut out from the laminate. Next, the two outermost pieces of the second release film were removed from the slice, and the resultant was used as a first test piece. Next, a dynamic viscoelasticity measuring device ("Rheovibron DDV-II-EP1" manufactured by ORIENTEC Co., LTD) was used to perform the stretching method (tensile mode) at a distance of 20 mm between the chucks, a frequency of 11 Hz, and a temperature rise rate of 3°. The storage elastic modulus E' of the first test piece was measured under the measurement conditions of C/min and constant temperature rise in the temperature range from −20°C to 150°C. Among them, the minimum value E’(1) and the maximum value E’(2) in the temperature range of 23°C to 70°C are shown in Table 1.

<<保護膜形成膜之評價>> <第二試驗片的儲存彈性模數E’之最小值E’(3)的測定> 與上述相同,製造了依序積層第二剝離膜、八片保護膜形成膜(合計厚度200μm)、第二剝離膜而構成之積層物。接著,自此積層物切出寬度為5mm、且長度為30mm之切片。 藉由對此切片於180°C進行加熱五分鐘而使之熱硬化,並自此熱硬化後之切片去除位於最表面之兩片第二剝離膜,將所獲得之物作為第二試驗片。 繼而,利用動態黏彈性測定裝置(TA Instruments公司製造之「DMA Q800」),以拉伸法(拉伸模式),於夾頭間距離20mm、頻率11Hz、升溫速度3°C/min、等速升溫之測定條件下,於−60°C至350°C之溫度範圍中,對前述第二試驗片之儲存彈性模數E’進行測定。其中,將於23°C至70°C之溫度範圍中的最小值E’(3)表示於表1。 <<Evaluation of protective film forming film>> <Measurement of the minimum value E’(3) of the storage elastic modulus E’ of the second test piece> In the same manner as described above, a laminate in which the second release film, eight protective film-forming films (total thickness: 200 μm), and the second release film were sequentially laminated was produced. Next, a slice having a width of 5 mm and a length of 30 mm was cut out from the laminate. This slice was heat-hardened by heating at 180°C for five minutes, and the two outermost second release films were removed from the heat-hardened slice, and the resultant was used as a second test piece. Then, a dynamic viscoelasticity measuring device ("DMA Q800" manufactured by TA Instruments) was used, using the stretching method (tensile mode), with a distance between the chucks of 20 mm, a frequency of 11 Hz, a heating rate of 3°C/min, and a constant velocity. Under the temperature rising measurement conditions, the storage elastic modulus E' of the second test piece was measured in the temperature range from −60°C to 350°C. Among them, the minimum value E’(3) in the temperature range of 23°C to 70°C is shown in Table 1.

<保護膜形成膜對半導體晶圓之貼附性之評價> 利用膜層合機(大成層合機公司製造之「FIRST LAMINATOR VA-400」),以加熱至70°C之橡膠輥,並以於貼附速度0.3m/min、貼附壓力0.3MPa之條件下,將如上所獲得之保護膜形成膜貼附於6英寸矽晶圓(厚度350μm)之#2000研磨面,而製造附有保護膜形成膜之矽晶圓。保護膜形成膜之貼附溫度為70°C。將此時之保護膜形成膜對於前述矽晶圓之貼附性基於下列基準評價。將結果表示於表1。 (評價基準) A:冷卻後之保護膜形成膜並未自矽晶圓剝離而密接於矽晶圓,保護膜形成膜對於矽晶圓之貼附性優異。 B:冷卻後之保護膜形成膜中至少一部分自矽晶圓剝離,保護膜形成膜對於矽晶圓之貼附性差。 <Evaluation of the adhesion of protective film forming films to semiconductor wafers> A film laminator ("FIRST LAMINATOR VA-400" manufactured by Daesung Laminator Co., Ltd.) is used, with a rubber roller heated to 70°C, and under the conditions of a bonding speed of 0.3m/min and a bonding pressure of 0.3MPa. Next, the protective film-forming film obtained above was attached to the #2000 polished surface of a 6-inch silicon wafer (thickness: 350 μm) to produce a silicon wafer with a protective film-forming film. The attaching temperature of the protective film forming film is 70°C. The adhesion of the protective film forming film to the silicon wafer at this time was evaluated based on the following criteria. The results are shown in Table 1. (evaluation criteria) A: After cooling, the protective film-forming film is not peeled off from the silicon wafer but closely adheres to the silicon wafer. The protective film-forming film has excellent adhesion to the silicon wafer. B: At least part of the protective film-forming film is peeled off from the silicon wafer after cooling, and the protective film-forming film has poor adhesion to the silicon wafer.

<保護膜上的印字保持性之評價> 藉由對如上所獲得之附有保護膜形成膜之矽晶圓中的保護膜形成膜中位於與矽晶圓側為相反側之面(露出面),利用雷射印字裝置(伊歐科技公司(EO Technics Co., Ltd.)製造之「CSM300M」)於室溫下(於23°C之溫度條件下),直接照射雷射光,而對前述面進行雷射印字。此時,將雷射光之波長設為532nm,將雷射光之頻率設為40kHz,將掃描速度設為300mm/s,印字出「ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789」之文字列。將文字尺寸設為每一字0.3mm×0.2mm。 接著,藉由於180°C對雷射印字後之附有保護膜形成膜之矽晶圓進行加熱五分鐘,以使保護膜形成膜熱硬化而形成保護膜。以目視的方式觀察源自保護膜形成膜之此保護膜上之印字(文字),並基於下列基準,對於保護膜之印字保持性進行評價。將結果表示於表1。 (評價基準) A:印字清晰,能夠容易辨識,保護膜上的印字保持性高。 B:印字略模糊,無法容易識別,保護膜上的印字保持性低。 C:印字不清晰,無法辨識,保護膜上的印字保持性非常低。 <Evaluation on the retention of printing on the protective film> The surface (exposed surface) of the protective film-forming film in the silicon wafer with the protective film-forming film obtained as above that is opposite to the silicon wafer side is printed using a laser printing device (Io Technology Co., Ltd. ("CSM300M" manufactured by EO Technics Co., Ltd.) is directly irradiated with laser light at room temperature (at a temperature of 23°C) to perform laser printing on the aforementioned surface. At this time, set the wavelength of the laser light to 532nm, set the frequency of the laser light to 40kHz, set the scanning speed to 300mm/s, and print the text sequence "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789". Set the text size to 0.3mm x 0.2mm per word. Next, the silicon wafer with the protective film-forming film after laser printing is heated at 180° C. for five minutes, so that the protective film-forming film is thermally hardened to form a protective film. The printing (letters) on the protective film derived from the protective film-forming film was visually observed, and the printing retention of the protective film was evaluated based on the following criteria. The results are shown in Table 1. (evaluation criteria) A: The printing is clear and can be easily recognized, and the printing on the protective film has high retention. B: The printing is slightly blurred and cannot be easily recognized, and the retention of the printing on the protective film is low. C: The printing is not clear and cannot be read, and the retention of the printing on the protective film is very low.

<保護膜形成膜上的銷之頂起痕之殘留抑制功效之評價> 以與上述「保護膜形成膜對半導體晶圓之貼附性之評價」時相同的方法,製造附有保護膜形成膜之矽晶圓。 接著,藉由將切割片(琳得科公司製造之「Adwill D-676H」)貼附於此附有保護膜形成膜之矽晶圓中的保護膜形成膜中與矽晶圓側為相反側之面(露出面),而製造切割片與附有保護膜形成膜之矽晶圓的積層物。 接著,使用切割裝置(DISCO公司製造之「DFD6362」)及切割刀片(ZH05-SD2000-N1-90CC),並以切割刀片之移動速度50mm/s、切割刀片之旋轉速度30000rpm、刀片高60μm之條件下,對如上所獲得之積層物中的矽晶圓及保護膜形成膜進行切割。藉此製造附有保護膜形成膜之矽晶片群,係具備尺寸為5mm×5mm之矽晶片(厚度350μm)及設於此矽晶片之#2000研磨面之相同尺寸 (2mm×5mm)之保護膜形成膜(厚度25μm)之複數個附有保護膜形成膜之矽晶片於切割片上整齊排列而處於固定狀態。 <Evaluation of the residual inhibitory effect of pin lift marks on the protective film forming film> A silicon wafer with a protective film forming film was produced in the same manner as in the above "Evaluation of Adhesion of Protective Film Forming Film to Semiconductor Wafer". Next, by attaching a dicing piece ("Adwill D-676H" manufactured by Lintec Corporation) to the silicon wafer with the protective film forming film, the side of the protective film forming film opposite to the silicon wafer side is The surface (exposed surface) is used to manufacture a laminate of a dicing sheet and a silicon wafer with a protective film forming film. Next, a cutting device ("DFD6362" manufactured by DISCO) and a cutting blade (ZH05-SD2000-N1-90CC) were used, and the conditions were that the cutting blade moving speed was 50 mm/s, the cutting blade rotation speed was 30000 rpm, and the blade height was 60 μm. Next, the silicon wafer and the protective film-forming film in the laminate obtained as above are cut. A silicon wafer group with a protective film-forming film is thus manufactured, which includes a silicon wafer with a size of 5 mm × 5 mm (thickness 350 μm) and a protective film of the same size (2 mm × 5 mm) provided on the #2000 grinding surface of the silicon wafer. A plurality of silicon wafers with protective film-forming films to form a film (thickness 25 μm) are arranged neatly on the dicing sheet and are in a fixed state.

接著,自此附有保護膜形成膜之矽晶片群之切割片側外部,以照度230mW/cm 2、光量190mJ/cm 2之條件下,對切割片照射波長365nm之紫外線。 接著,藉由於室溫下(於23°C之溫度條件下),使用黏晶機(佳能機械公司製造之「BESTEM-D510」),以一支銷將附有保護膜形成膜之矽晶片自其切割片側隔著切割片加以頂起,而自照射紫外線後之切割片依序拾取五個附有保護膜形成膜之矽晶片。此時,作為銷係使用了頂起部之先端部的曲率半徑為250μm之銷。 Next, from the outside of the diced piece side of the silicon wafer group with the protective film-forming film, the diced piece was irradiated with ultraviolet light of a wavelength of 365 nm under the conditions of illumination intensity of 230 mW/cm 2 and light intensity of 190 mJ/cm 2 . Next, by using a die bonding machine ("BESTEM-D510" manufactured by Canon Machinery Co., Ltd.) at room temperature (under a temperature condition of 23°C), the silicon wafer with the protective film-forming film is removed from the silicon wafer with a pin. The side of the cutting blade is lifted up across the cutting blade, and five silicon wafers with protective film-forming films are sequentially picked up from the cutting blade after being irradiated with ultraviolet rays. At this time, a pin having a curvature radius of 250 μm at the tip of the protruding portion was used as the pin.

接著,以目視的方式觀察所拾取的五個附有保護膜形成膜之矽晶片中的保護膜形成膜之露出面(原本貼附有切割片之面),進而使用光學顯微鏡進行觀察,基於下列基準,對保護膜形成膜上的銷之頂起痕之殘留抑制功效進行評價。將結果所示於表1。 (評價基準) A:經以目視觀察以及使用光學顯微鏡之觀察之兩種方式,皆無確認到銷之頂起痕,保護膜形成膜上的銷之頂起痕的殘留抑制功效高。 B:雖以目視觀察未確認到銷之頂起痕,然而,於使用光學顯微鏡之觀察中,能夠確認到銷之頂起痕,保護膜形成膜上的銷之頂起痕的殘留抑制功效則劣於A。 C:經以目視觀察以及使用光學顯微鏡之觀察之兩種方式,皆能夠確認到銷之頂起痕,保護膜形成膜上的銷之頂起痕的殘留抑制功效低。 Next, the exposed surfaces of the protective film-forming films (the surfaces where the dicing sheets were originally attached) among the five picked-up silicon wafers with protective film-forming films were visually observed, and further observed using an optical microscope. Based on the following As a benchmark, the residual suppression effect of pin lift marks on the protective film forming film is evaluated. The results are shown in Table 1. (evaluation criteria) A: Both visual observation and observation using an optical microscope showed that no pin popping marks were observed, and the protective film forming film has a high residual inhibition effect on pin popping marks. B: Although the pin lifting marks were not confirmed by visual observation, however, in the observation using an optical microscope, the pin lifting marks were confirmed, and the residual suppression effect of the pin lifting marks on the protective film-forming film was poor. In A. C: The pin lifting marks were confirmed both by visual observation and observation using an optical microscope, and the residual suppression effect of the pin lifting marks on the protective film forming film was low.

<保護膜之保護性能之評價> 與上述相同,製造依序積層有第二剝離膜及八片保護膜形成膜(合計厚度為200μm)、第二剝離膜而構成之積層物。 接著,藉由於180°C對此積層物進行加熱五分鐘,而使積層物中所有保護膜形成膜熱硬化。 接著,自此經加熱後(使保護膜形成膜熱硬化後)之積層物,切出了尺寸為10mm×10mm之切片。將自此切片去除位於最表面之兩片第二剝離膜而獲得之物作為第三試驗片。準備了十個第三試驗片。 接著,使用精密萬能試驗機(島津製作所製「Autograph AG-IS」),並使用寬度4mm且楔形之抗折治具,以支點間距離6mm、抗折治具速度0.01m/min之條件下,對十個第三試驗片之三點彎曲抗折強度進行測定,並採用其平均值作為保護膜之抗折強度。進而,藉由將此抗折強度除以第三試驗片之剖面積而算出應力,並基於此應力,根據下列基準,而對保護膜之保護性能進行評價。將結果表示於表1。 (評價基準) A:應力為15mN/mm 2以上,保護膜之保護性能高。 B:應力為6mN/mm 2以上至未達15mN/mm 2,保護膜之保護性能劣於A之情形。 C:應力為未達6mN/mm 2,保護膜之保護性能低。 <Evaluation of protective performance of protective film> In the same manner as above, a laminate in which the second release film, eight protective film-forming films (total thickness: 200 μm), and the second release film were laminated in this order was produced. Next, the laminate was heated at 180° C. for five minutes, thereby thermally curing all the protective film-forming films in the laminate. Next, slices of 10 mm×10 mm were cut out from the heated laminate (after the protective film-forming film was thermally cured). The result obtained by removing the two outermost second release films from this section was used as a third test piece. Ten third test pieces were prepared. Next, a precision universal testing machine ("Autograph AG-IS" manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation) was used, and a wedge-shaped anti-bending jig with a width of 4 mm was used. The distance between the supporting points was 6 mm and the speed of the anti-bending jig was 0.01 m/min. The three-point bending flexural strength of ten third test pieces was measured, and the average value was used as the flexural strength of the protective film. Furthermore, the stress was calculated by dividing the flexural strength by the cross-sectional area of the third test piece, and based on this stress, the protective performance of the protective film was evaluated based on the following criteria. The results are shown in Table 1. (Evaluation criteria) A: The stress is 15mN/mm2 or more, and the protective film has high protective performance. B: The stress is 6mN/mm 2 or more and less than 15mN/mm 2 , and the protective performance of the protective film is worse than A. C: The stress is less than 6mN/mm 2 , and the protective performance of the protective film is low.

<<保護膜形成膜之製造及評價>> [實施例2] 藉由將聚合物成分(A)-2(25.9質量份)、環氧樹脂(B1)-1(10質量份)、熱硬化劑(B2)-1(0.55質量份)、硬化促進劑(C)-2(0.55質量份)、填充材料(D)-1(60質量份)、以及著色劑(I)-1(3質量份)溶解或分散於甲基乙基酮,並於23°C進行攪拌,而獲得溶媒以外之全部成分之合計濃度為60質量%的熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物(III)-2。於此所示之甲基乙基酮以外之成分的混合量皆為不包含溶媒之目的物的混合量。 <<Manufacturing and Evaluation of Protective Film Forming Film>> [Example 2] By combining polymer component (A)-2 (25.9 parts by mass), epoxy resin (B1)-1 (10 parts by mass), thermosetting agent (B2)-1 (0.55 parts by mass), and hardening accelerator (C )-2 (0.55 parts by mass), filler (D)-1 (60 parts by mass), and colorant (I)-1 (3 parts by mass) are dissolved or dispersed in methyl ethyl ketone, and at 23°C Stirring was performed to obtain a thermosetting protective film-forming composition (III)-2 in which the total concentration of all components except the solvent was 60 mass %. The mixing amounts of components other than methyl ethyl ketone shown here are the mixing amounts of the target product excluding the solvent.

使用如上所獲得之保護膜形成用組成物(III)-2來代替保護膜形成用組成物(III)-1,除此以外,以與實施例1之情形相同的方式製造保護膜形成膜並進行評價。將結果表示於表1。A protective film-forming film was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the protective film-forming composition (III)-2 obtained above was used instead of the protective film-forming composition (III)-1. Make an evaluation. The results are shown in Table 1.

[實施例3、比較例1至比較例3] 以使保護膜形成膜之含有成分及含量為如表1所示之方式,變更混合成分之種類及量之任一者或兩者,除此以外,以與實施例1之情形相同的方式製造保護膜形成膜並進行評價。將結果表示於表1。 [Example 3, Comparative Examples 1 to 3] The protective film-forming film was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that either or both of the types and amounts of the mixed components were changed so that the components and contents of the protective film-forming film were as shown in Table 1. Protective films were formed and evaluated. The results are shown in Table 1.

[表1] [Table 1]

由如上結果得知,於實施例1至實施例3中,當藉由銷之頂起而拾取附有保護膜形成膜之矽晶片時,保護膜形成膜上的銷之頂起痕的殘留抑制功效高。另外,於實施例1至實施例3中,當形成保護膜時,於保護膜上的印字保持性高。 於實施例1至實施例3中,第一試驗片之E’(2)為280MPa以上。 From the above results, it can be seen that in Examples 1 to 3, when the silicon wafer with the protective film forming film is picked up by lifting the pin, the residue of the lifting mark of the pin on the protective film forming film is suppressed. High efficacy. In addition, in Examples 1 to 3, when the protective film is formed, the printing retention on the protective film is high. In Examples 1 to 3, E'(2) of the first test piece was 280 MPa or more.

於實施例1至實施例3中,保護膜形成膜對半導體晶圓之貼附性優異。 於實施例1至實施例3中,第一試驗片之E’(1)為40MPa以下。 In Examples 1 to 3, the protective film-forming film has excellent adhesion to the semiconductor wafer. In Examples 1 to 3, E'(1) of the first test piece was 40 MPa or less.

於實施例1至實施例3中,則保護膜之保護性能高。 於實施例1至實施例3中,第二試驗片之E’(3)為5402MPa以上。 In Example 1 to Example 3, the protective performance of the protective film is high. In Examples 1 to 3, E'(3) of the second test piece was 5402 MPa or more.

相對於此,於比較例1中,保護膜上的印字保持性明顯低,且保護膜形成膜上的銷之頂起痕的殘留抑制功效低。另外,於比較例1中,保護膜之保護性能亦稍差。 於比較例1中,第一試驗片之E’(2)、第二試驗片之E’(3)皆低。 On the other hand, in Comparative Example 1, the print retention on the protective film was significantly low, and the residual suppression effect of the pin kick marks on the protective film forming film was low. In addition, in Comparative Example 1, the protective performance of the protective film was also slightly poor. In Comparative Example 1, both E'(2) of the first test piece and E'(3) of the second test piece were low.

於比較例2中,保護膜形成膜對半導體晶圓之貼附性差。 比較例2中,第一試驗片之E’(1)高。 In Comparative Example 2, the protective film-forming film had poor adhesion to the semiconductor wafer. In Comparative Example 2, the first test piece has a high E'(1).

於比較例3中,保護膜上的印字保持性明顯低,且保護膜形成膜上的銷之頂起痕之殘留抑制功效低。另外,於比較例3中,保護膜之保護性能亦低。 於比較例3中,第一試驗片之E’(2)及第二試驗片之E’(3)皆低。 [產業可利用性] In Comparative Example 3, the print retention on the protective film was significantly low, and the residual inhibitory effect on the push-up marks of the pins on the protective film-forming film was low. In addition, in Comparative Example 3, the protective performance of the protective film was also low. In Comparative Example 3, both E'(2) of the first test piece and E'(3) of the second test piece were low. [Industrial Availability]

本發明能夠利用於製造半導體裝置。The present invention can be used to manufacture semiconductor devices.

6:基板 6a:基板的電路面 7:扯離手段 9:半導體晶圓 9a:半導體晶圓之電路面 9b:半導體晶圓之內面 10:支撐片 10a:支撐片的一面(第一面) 11:基材 11a:第一面 12:黏著劑層 12a:第一面 13,23:保護膜形成膜 13a,23a:保護膜形成膜的一面(第一面) 13b,23b:保護膜形成膜中位於支撐片側之面(第二面) 15:剝離膜 16:治具用接著劑層 16a:第一面 80:切割片 80a:第一面 81:基材 82:黏著劑層 82a:第一面 90:半導體晶片 90a:電路面 90b:內面 101,102:保護膜形成用複合片 130:保護膜形成膜 130’:保護膜 130a:第一面 130b:第二面 130b’:第二面 151:第一剝離膜 152:第二剝離膜 901:附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶圓 902:附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶片群 913:附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶片 913’:附有保護膜之半導體晶片 P:箭頭 R:雷射光 6:Substrate 6a: Circuit surface of substrate 7: Separate means 9:Semiconductor wafer 9a: Circuit surface of semiconductor wafer 9b: Inner surface of semiconductor wafer 10:Support piece 10a: One side of the support piece (first side) 11:Substrate 11a: Side 1 12: Adhesive layer 12a: Side 1 13,23: Protective film forming film 13a, 23a: The side where the protective film forms the film (first side) 13b, 23b: The surface of the protective film forming film located on the support sheet side (second surface) 15: Peel off film 16: Adhesive layer for fixtures 16a: Side 1 80: Cutting piece 80a: Side 1 81:Substrate 82: Adhesive layer 82a: Side 1 90:Semiconductor wafer 90a: Circuit surface 90b:Inner surface 101,102: Composite sheet for protective film formation 130: Protective film forming film 130’:Protective film 130a: Side 1 130b:Second side 130b’: Second side 151: First peeling film 152:Second peeling film 901: Semiconductor wafer with protective film forming film 902: Semiconductor wafer group with protective film forming film 913: Semiconductor wafer with protective film forming film 913’: Semiconductor chip with protective film P:arrow R: laser light

[圖1]係示意性地顯示根據本發明之一實施形態的保護膜形成膜之一例的剖面圖。 [圖2]係示意性地顯示根據本發明之一實施形態的保護膜形成用複合片的一例的剖面圖。 [圖3]係示意性地顯示根據本發明之一實施形態的保護膜形成用複合片之另一例的剖面圖。 [圖4A]係用以示意性地說明根據本發明之一實施形態的半導體裝置之製造方法之一例的剖面圖。 [圖4B]係用以示意性地說明根據本發明之一實施形態的半導體裝置之製造方法之一例的剖面圖。 [圖4C]係用以示意性地說明根據本發明之一實施形態的半導體裝置之製造方法之一例的剖面圖。 [圖4D]係用以示意性地說明根據本發明之一實施形態的半導體裝置之製造方法之一例的剖面圖。 [圖4E]係用以示意性地說明根據本發明之一實施形態的半導體裝置之製造方法之一例的剖面圖。 [圖4F]係用以示意性地說明根據本發明之一實施形態的半導體裝置之製造方法之一例的剖面圖。 [圖5A]係用以示意性地說明根據本發明之一實施形態的半導體裝置之製造方法之另一例的剖面圖。 [圖5B]係用以示意性地說明根據本發明之一實施形態的半導體裝置之製造方法之另一例的剖面圖。 [圖5C]係用以示意性地說明根據本發明之一實施形態的半導體裝置之製造方法之另一例的剖面圖。 [圖5D]係用以示意性地說明根據本發明之一實施形態的半導體裝置之製造方法之另一例的剖面圖。 [圖5E]係用以示意性地說明根據本發明之一實施形態的半導體裝置之製造方法之另一例的剖面圖。 [圖5F]係用以示意性地說明根據本發明之一實施形態的半導體裝置之製造方法之另一例的剖面圖。 [圖5G]係用以示意性地說明根據本發明之一實施形態的半導體裝置之製造方法之另一例的剖面圖。 [Fig. 1] is a cross-sectional view schematically showing an example of a protective film-forming film according to an embodiment of the present invention. [Fig. 2] is a cross-sectional view schematically showing an example of the composite sheet for forming a protective film according to one embodiment of the present invention. [Fig. 3] is a cross-sectional view schematically showing another example of the composite sheet for forming a protective film according to one embodiment of the present invention. [Fig. 4A] is a cross-sectional view schematically illustrating an example of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to an embodiment of the present invention. [Fig. 4B] is a cross-sectional view schematically illustrating an example of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to an embodiment of the present invention. [Fig. 4C] is a cross-sectional view schematically illustrating an example of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to an embodiment of the present invention. [Fig. 4D] is a cross-sectional view schematically illustrating an example of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to an embodiment of the present invention. [Fig. 4E] is a cross-sectional view schematically illustrating an example of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to an embodiment of the present invention. [Fig. 4F] is a cross-sectional view schematically illustrating an example of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to an embodiment of the present invention. [FIG. 5A] is a cross-sectional view schematically illustrating another example of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to an embodiment of the present invention. [Fig. 5B] is a cross-sectional view schematically illustrating another example of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to an embodiment of the present invention. [Fig. 5C] is a cross-sectional view schematically illustrating another example of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to an embodiment of the present invention. [Fig. 5D] is a cross-sectional view schematically illustrating another example of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to an embodiment of the present invention. [FIG. 5E] is a cross-sectional view schematically illustrating another example of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to an embodiment of the present invention. [Fig. 5F] is a cross-sectional view schematically illustrating another example of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to an embodiment of the present invention. [FIG. 5G] is a cross-sectional view schematically illustrating another example of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to an embodiment of the present invention.

13:保護膜形成膜 13: Protective film forming film

13a:保護膜形成膜的一面(第一面) 13a: The side where the protective film forms the film (first side)

13b:保護膜形成膜中位於支撐片側之面(第二面) 13b: The surface of the protective film forming film located on the support sheet side (second surface)

151:第一剝離膜 151: First peeling film

152:第二剝離膜 152:Second peeling film

Claims (6)

一種保護膜形成膜,係熱硬化性; 將作為複數片前述保護膜形成膜之積層物且寬度為4mm之第一試驗片隔著20mm之間隔以兩處來保持,並以拉伸模式於頻率為11Hz、升溫速度為3°C/min之等速升溫之條件下,一邊使前述第一試驗片自−20°C升溫至150°C,一邊對前述第一試驗片之儲存彈性模數E’進行測定時,於23°C至70°C之溫度範圍中的前述儲存彈性模數E’之最小值E’(1)為45MPa以下,且於23°C至70°C之溫度範圍中的前述儲存彈性模數E’之最大值E’(2)為200MPa以上; 並且,將複數片前述保護膜形成膜之積層物經熱硬化所得之硬化物且寬度為5mm之第二試驗片隔著20mm之間隔以兩處來保持,並以拉伸模式於頻率11Hz、升溫速度3°C/min之等速升溫之條件下,一邊使前述第二試驗片自−60°C升溫至350°C,一邊對前述第二試驗片之儲存彈性模數E’進行測定時,於23°C至70°C之溫度範圍中的前述儲存彈性模數E’之最小值E’(3)為500MPa以上。 A protective film-forming film that is thermosetting; A first test piece with a width of 4 mm, which is a laminate of plural pieces of the protective film-forming film, was held at two places with an interval of 20 mm, and was operated in a tensile mode at a frequency of 11 Hz and a temperature rise rate of 3°C/min. Under the condition of constant temperature rise, while the temperature of the first test piece is raised from −20°C to 150°C, the storage elastic modulus E′ of the first test piece is measured at 23°C to 70°C. The minimum value E'(1) of the aforementioned storage elastic modulus E' in the temperature range of °C is below 45MPa, and the maximum value of the aforementioned storage elastic modulus E' in the temperature range of 23°C to 70°C E'(2) is above 200MPa; Furthermore, a second test piece with a width of 5 mm, which was obtained by thermally curing a plurality of laminates of the protective film-forming films, was held at two places with an interval of 20 mm, and the temperature was raised in a tensile mode at a frequency of 11 Hz. When the storage elastic modulus E' of the second test piece is measured while heating the second test piece from −60°C to 350°C at a constant temperature rise rate of 3°C/min, The minimum value E'(3) of the aforementioned storage elastic modulus E' in the temperature range of 23°C to 70°C is more than 500MPa. 如請求項1所記載之保護膜形成膜,其中前述保護膜形成膜含有硬化促進劑(C)。The protective film-forming film according to claim 1, wherein the protective film-forming film contains a hardening accelerator (C). 如請求項1或2所記載之保護膜形成膜,其中前述保護膜形成膜為單層。The protective film-forming film according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the protective film-forming film is a single layer. 一種保護膜形成用複合片,具備: 支撐片;以及 保護膜形成膜,係設於前述支撐片中之一面上; 前述保護膜形成膜為如請求項1至3中任一項所記載之保護膜形成膜。 A composite sheet for forming a protective film, which has: support piece; and The protective film forming film is arranged on one surface of the aforementioned supporting sheet; The aforementioned protective film-forming film is the protective film-forming film described in any one of claims 1 to 3. 一種半導體裝置之製造方法,該製造方法具有下述步驟: 貼附步驟,係將如請求項1至3中任一項所記載之保護膜形成膜中的一面或者如請求項4所記載之保護膜形成用複合片中的保護膜形成膜的露出面貼附於半導體晶圓之內面; 印字步驟,係於前述貼附步驟後,當使用前述保護膜形成用複合片之情形時,對前述保護膜形成用複合片中的前述保護膜形成膜中位於前述支撐片側之面進行雷射印字,當使用未構成前述保護膜形成用複合片之前述保護膜形成膜之情形時,對前述保護膜形成膜中的另一面進行雷射印字; 加工步驟,係於前述印字步驟後,當使用前述保護膜形成用複合片之情形時,於前述保護膜形成用複合片中的前述支撐片上,將前述半導體晶圓分割成半導體晶片,並沿著前述半導體晶圓之分割處切斷前述保護膜形成膜,當使用未構成前述保護膜形成用複合片之前述保護膜形成膜之情形時,將切割片貼附於前述保護膜形成膜中的另一面後,於前述切割片上將前述半導體晶圓分割成半導體晶片,並沿著前述半導體晶圓之分割處,切斷前述保護膜形成膜,以製造附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶片,其具備前述半導體晶片、以及設置於前述半導體晶片之內面的經切斷後之前述保護膜形成膜; 拾取步驟,係於前述加工步驟後,將前述附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶片自前述切割片或支撐片扯離而拾取; 接合步驟,係於前述拾取步驟後,藉由將經拾取之前述附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶片中的突狀電極覆晶接合於基板之電路面,而使前述附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶片接合於前述電路面;以及 熱硬化步驟,係於前述接合步驟後,藉由使前述附有保護膜形成膜之半導體晶片中的前述保護膜形成膜熱硬化而形成保護膜。 A manufacturing method of a semiconductor device, the manufacturing method has the following steps: The attaching step is to attach one side of the protective film-forming film as described in any one of claims 1 to 3 or the exposed surface of the protective film-forming film of the protective film-forming composite sheet as described in claim 4. Attached to the inner surface of the semiconductor wafer; The printing step is to perform laser printing on the surface of the protective film-forming film in the protective film-forming composite sheet that is located on the side of the supporting sheet after the above-mentioned attaching step, when the aforementioned protective film-forming composite sheet is used. , when using the protective film-forming film that does not constitute the protective film-forming composite sheet, perform laser printing on the other side of the protective film-forming film; The processing step is to divide the semiconductor wafer into semiconductor wafers on the supporting sheet in the protective film forming composite sheet after the printing step, and separate the semiconductor wafers along the The protective film-forming film is cut at the division point of the semiconductor wafer, and when the protective film-forming film that does not constitute the protective film-forming composite sheet is used, the cutting piece is attached to another part of the protective film-forming film. After one side, the semiconductor wafer is divided into semiconductor wafers on the dicing sheet, and the protective film forming film is cut along the dividing parts of the semiconductor wafer to produce a semiconductor wafer with a protective film forming film, which has The aforementioned semiconductor wafer, and the cut aforementioned protective film-forming film provided on the inner surface of the aforementioned semiconductor wafer; The picking-up step is to pull the semiconductor wafer with the protective film-forming film away from the aforementioned cutting piece or supporting piece after the aforementioned processing step and pick it up; The bonding step is to flip-chip bond the protruding electrodes in the picked-up semiconductor wafer with the protective film-forming film to the circuit surface of the substrate after the aforementioned picking-up step, so that the aforementioned protective film-forming film is attached to the semiconductor wafer. The semiconductor chip is bonded to the aforementioned circuit surface; and The thermal hardening step is to form a protective film by thermally curing the protective film-forming film in the semiconductor wafer with the protective film-forming film after the bonding step. 一種保護膜形成膜之使用,前述保護膜形成膜係用以貼附於半導體晶圓中與電路面為相反側之內面,而於經分割前述半導體晶圓所獲得之半導體晶片之內面形成保護膜; 前述保護膜形成膜為如請求項1至3中任一項所記載之保護膜形成膜。 The use of a protective film-forming film. The protective film-forming film is attached to the inner surface of a semiconductor wafer on the opposite side to the circuit surface, and is formed on the inner surface of a semiconductor wafer obtained by dividing the semiconductor wafer. protective film; The aforementioned protective film-forming film is the protective film-forming film described in any one of claims 1 to 3.
TW112108392A 2022-03-30 2023-03-08 Protective film-forming film, composite sheet for forming protective film, method of manufacturing semiconductor device, and use of protective film-forming film having desirable storage elastic modulus for a test piece formed by multiple pieces of the protective films TW202348756A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2022-055423 2022-03-30
JP2022055423A JP2023147738A (en) 2022-03-30 2022-03-30 Film for forming protective coat, composite sheet for forming protective coat, method for manufacturing semiconductor device, and use of film for forming protective coat

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202348756A true TW202348756A (en) 2023-12-16

Family

ID=88288650

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW112108392A TW202348756A (en) 2022-03-30 2023-03-08 Protective film-forming film, composite sheet for forming protective film, method of manufacturing semiconductor device, and use of protective film-forming film having desirable storage elastic modulus for a test piece formed by multiple pieces of the protective films

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2023147738A (en)
KR (1) KR20230141527A (en)
CN (1) CN116891614A (en)
TW (1) TW202348756A (en)

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2013149737A (en) 2012-01-18 2013-08-01 Nitto Denko Corp Flip-chip semiconductor device manufacturing method
JP6812212B2 (en) 2016-11-14 2021-01-13 日東電工株式会社 Manufacturing methods for sheets, tapes and semiconductor devices

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2023147738A (en) 2023-10-13
KR20230141527A (en) 2023-10-10
CN116891614A (en) 2023-10-17

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2019172438A1 (en) Composite sheet for forming protective film and method for producing semiconductor chip with protective film
JP7014875B2 (en) Method for manufacturing a film for forming a thermosetting protective film, a composite sheet for forming a protective film, and a chip
TWI805704B (en) Composite sheet for forming protective film and method for manufacturing semiconductor chip with protective film
JP2018056282A (en) Manufacturing method of semiconductor chip with protection film, and manufacturing method of semiconductor device
KR102499451B1 (en) Sheet for forming resin film and composite sheet for forming resin film
TW201702072A (en) Resin-film forming composite sheet, and method of manufacturing chip having resin film
JPWO2019008898A1 (en) Resin film forming film and resin film forming composite sheet
JP7290989B2 (en) Composite sheet for protective film formation
JP6818009B2 (en) Composite sheet for forming a protective film
JP6833804B2 (en) Composite sheet for forming a protective film
JP7478524B2 (en) Film for forming protective film, composite sheet for forming protective film, and method for manufacturing workpiece with protective film
TWI790400B (en) Protective film forming film, composite sheet for forming protective film, method for inspection and method for identification
KR20200145675A (en) Composite sheet for forming protective film, and method of manufacturing semiconductor chip having protective film
TW202348756A (en) Protective film-forming film, composite sheet for forming protective film, method of manufacturing semiconductor device, and use of protective film-forming film having desirable storage elastic modulus for a test piece formed by multiple pieces of the protective films
JP7387510B2 (en) Protective film-forming film, protective film-forming composite sheet, and method for transporting workpieces with protective film-forming film
JPWO2019186994A1 (en) Composite sheet for forming a protective film and its manufacturing method
JP7497297B2 (en) Composite sheet for forming protective film and method for manufacturing semiconductor chip
JP2019062107A (en) Composite sheet for resin film formation
TW202239602A (en) Protective film forming film, composite sheet for forming protective film, method for manufacturing processed workpiece having protective film, and method for manufacturing workpiece having protective film capable of suppressing occurrence of an abnormality in a protective film even if a protective film forming film is thermally cured at a higher temperature
TW202348757A (en) Protective film-forming film, composite sheet for forming protective film, method of manufacturing semiconductor device, and use of protective film-forming film providing a protective film-forming composite sheet including a support sheet and the protective film-forming film provided on one surface of the support sheet
JP2023031526A (en) Protective film-forming film, composite sheet for forming protective film, production method of work with protective film, and production method of processed article of work with protective film
JP2021040099A (en) Film for protection film formation, composite sheet for protection film formation, and method for manufacturing protection film-attached work product
KR20210027118A (en) Composite sheet for forming protective film
JPWO2019187000A1 (en) Support sheet and its manufacturing method, and protective film forming composite sheet and its manufacturing method